AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON NOVEMBER 16, 2004
                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-119565


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


                          PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.1
                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


                                 SUSSEX BANCORP
                 (NAME OF SMALL BUSINESS ISSUER IN ITS CHARTER)

       NEW JERSEY                       6022                     22-3475473
(STATE OF INCORPORATION)    (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL       (IRS EMPLOYER
                                 CLASSIFICATION CODE)        IDENTIFICATION NO.)

                              200 MUNSONHURST ROAD
                                    ROUTE 517
                         FRANKLIN, NEW JERSEY 07416-0353
                                 (973) 827-2914
(ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES AND PRINCIPAL PLACE
              OF BUSINESS OR INTENDED PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS)

                           DONALD L. KOVACH, PRESIDENT
                                 SUSSEX BANCORP
                              200 MUNSONHURST ROAD
                                    ROUTE 517
                         FRANKLIN, NEW JERSEY 07416-0353
                                 (973) 827-2914
            (NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

                        COPIES OF ALL COMMUNICATIONS TO:

          ROBERT A. SCHWARTZ, ESQ.                 CHARLES R. BERMAN, ESQ.
    WINDELS MARX LANE & MITTENDORF, LLP            THACHER PROFFITT & WOOD
          120 ALBANY STREET PLAZA                     25 DEFOREST AVENUE
      NEW BRUNSWICK, NEW JERSEY 08901              SUMMIT, NEW JERSEY 07901
              (732) 846-7600                           (908) 598-5700
          (732) 846-8877 (FAX)                       (908) 598-5710 (FAX)


      APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF THE SECURITIES TO THE
PUBLIC:  As soon as practicable  after the effective  date of this  Registration
Statement.

      If this form is filed to register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and
list the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number of earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. |_| ___________



      If this form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. |_|  ___________

      If this form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. |_|  ___________

      If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. |_|

                                 --------------

      THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH  SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SEC,  ACTING  PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION  8(A),  MAY
DETERMINE.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



THE  INFORMATION  IN THIS  PRELIMINARY  PROSPECTUS  IS NOT  COMPLETE  AND MAY BE
CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED
WITH THE  SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  IS EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PRELIMINARY
PROSPECTUS  IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE  SECURITIES  AND IS NOT  SOLICITING AN
OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE THE OFFER TO SELL IS NOT
PERMITTED.

                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED ______________, 2004

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                                 SUSSEX BANCORP

                      _____________ SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                          OFFERING PRICE $___ PER SHARE

Sussex  Bancorp is the holding  company for Sussex Bank, a New Jersey  chartered
commercial bank based in Sussex County, New Jersey.


We are  offering  for sale ___ shares of our common  stock.  Although our common
stock is traded on the  American  Stock  Exchange  under the symbol  "SBB",  the
trading market is not active.  The last reported sales price of our common stock
on _________ was $____.


INVESTING IN OUR COMMON STOCK INVOLVES  RISKS.  SEE "RISK FACTORS"  BEGINNING ON
P.___ TO READ ABOUT FACTORS YOU SHOULD  CONSIDER BEFORE YOU MAKE YOUR INVESTMENT
DECISIONS.

NEITHER  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  NOR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS
PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL AND  COMPLETE.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

OUR COMMON STOCK IS NOT A SAVINGS  ACCOUNT OR SAVINGS DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED
BY THE FDIC OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.

================================================================================
                                                     PER SHARE         TOTAL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Offering Price                                       $               $
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions               $               $
Proceeds to Sussex Bancorp, before expenses          $               $
================================================================================

This is a firm commitment underwriting. We will pay underwriting commissions for
the  sale  of the  shares  of  common  stock  to the  public.  The  underwriting
commission  assumes  all  shares are sold to the  public.  We have  granted  the
underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to ___________  additional shares of
common  stock  at the  same  price,  and on the  same  terms,  solely  to  cover
over-allotments, if any.

                             Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

               THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS _____________, 2004





                                    [ADD MAP]






                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

THE OFFERING

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

RISK FACTORS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENT

USE OF PROCEEDS

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

CAPITALIZATION

MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
   OPERATIONS

BUSINESS

MANAGEMENT

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY'S SECURITIES

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

UNDERWRITING

LEGAL MATTERS

EXPERTS

WHERE YOU CAN GET MORE INFORMATION

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                                        1





                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary  highlights  information  contained  elsewhere in this  prospectus.
Because this is a summary, it may not contain all of the information that may be
important to you.  Therefore,  you should carefully read this entire  prospectus
and other  documents to which we refer herein before making a decision to invest
in our common stock,  including  the risks  discussed  under the "Risk  Factors"
section and our financial statements and related notes.

As used in this  prospectus,  the terms  "Sussex," "the company," "we," "us" and
"our"  refer to Sussex  Bancorp  and its  subsidiaries  and the term "the  bank"
refers to Sussex Bank unless the context indicates another meaning.

WHO WE ARE

Sussex Bancorp is a one-bank  holding  company  headquartered  in Franklin,  New
Jersey and is the parent  company of Sussex  Bank.  We are a  community-oriented
financial  institution that offers  traditional  community bank loan and deposit
products  and  services  as well as an array  of fee  based  financial  services
products. Our stock is primarily owned by residents of our market area, with our
board and senior  management  owning  over 25% of our stock.  We  emphasize  our
knowledge of local markets,  allow customer access to our senior decision makers
and provide  superior and  personalized  customer  service that is generally not
available at larger  financial  institutions.  Our goal is to serve the needs of
businesses and consumers in our marketplace in northwestern New Jersey and, to a
lesser extent,  southern New York and northeastern  Pennsylvania.  The bank is a
New Jersey  commercial  bank formed in 1975 which  operates from its main office
and seven branches, all of which are located in Sussex County, New Jersey.


We target small and mid-size  businesses as well as professional  practices such
as lawyers,  doctors and accountants  within our market area. We actively pursue
business relationships with our targeted clientele through the business contacts
of our board of  directors  and senior  management  and by  capitalizing  on our
knowledge of the local marketplace.  We engage in lending activities traditional
of community banks.  Primarily we are a real estate based lender;  approximately
83% of our loans are  secured by first or second  mortgages  on real estate with
43.6% of our loans  consisting of commercial  real estate loans and 28.7% of our
loans first or second mortgages on residential  properties.  To a lesser extent,
we also originate commercial, farm and consumer loans.

We have also sought to increase  our  non-interest  income in order to diversify
and improve our  revenues  and to make our  earnings  less  dependent on our net
interest margin. In 2001, we acquired Tri-State  Insurance Agency,  Inc., a full
service  insurance agency. We strengthened  Tri-State's  operations  through our
2003 acquisition of the Garrera  Insurance Agency. We intend to continue to seek
opportunities to expand our insurance business through  acquisitions of books of
business or whole agencies.  Our non-interest  income for the fiscal year ending
December  31, 2003 was $4.1  million - an increase of $811,000 or 24.6% over the
previous fiscal year,  representing 27.6% of our total revenues. See "Results of
Operations - Non-Interest Income" on page 30 for more information.

Through our  strategy of serving as a full  service  local  community  financial
institution,  we have maintained and expanded our market share within our Sussex
County,  New  Jersey  marketplace.  At June 30,  2004,  we had 11.4  percent  of
deposits within Sussex County, New Jersey, ranking us third in market share.


OUR MARKET AREA

All of our  banking  offices  are  located in Sussex  County,  New Jersey and we
maintain  loan  production  offices  in Pike  County,  Pennsylvania,  and Orange
County,  New York.  Our market area is among the most affluent in the nation and
in New Jersey. Sussex County ranks 6th in New Jersey in median household income,


                                       1



with  median  household  income of $71,902 as  compared  to the state  median of
$61,779 and the national median of $46,475. Projected population growth over the
next five years is expected to reach 5.91% as compared to the state  growth rate
of 3.80% and the  nationwide  growth rate of 4.84%.  See  "Business - Our Market
Area" on page ___.


OUR STRATEGY


Our board of  directors  has  adopted a strategic  plan  calling for the bank to
build upon our successful track record in Sussex County by applying our business
philosophies  in the larger  contiguous  counties  and taking  advantage  of the
competitive  opportunities  presented  by the  consolidation  of  other  banking
institutions in these markets.  We believe our community bank philosophy,  which
emphasizes a high service, personalized approach, which is generally not offered
by our larger  competitors,  will be very successful in our target  markets.  In
addition,  our  strategic  plan is focused on  significantly  improving the core
profitability of the franchise through  improvements in, among other things, our
efficiency  and  our  loan  to  deposit  ratios.  We  believe  that  the  recent
investments we have made in  infrastructure,  as well as certain key hires,  and
our  ability to offer  various  financial  services  products in addition to our
array of  traditional  loan and deposit  products will allow us to  successfully
expand. We cannot, however,  guarantee the success of our business strategy. Our
earnings  growth  depends  upon our ability to attract  and retain  high-quality
employees,  successfully  attract core deposits and maintain cost  controls,  as
well as upon our  response to adverse  economic  conditions  and  interest  rate
trends. See "Risk Factors" on page __.


BUILDING THE PLATFORM

During the past year,  we have  accelerated  our efforts to position the bank to
take advantage of the  opportunities  we believe are present in our existing and
target  markets.  Although  this effort has resulted in higher  operational  and
non-recurring  expenses in recent  periods,  we believe  these have been prudent
investments in our future.

In the past year, we have accomplished the following:

      o     Relocated our corporate  offices into a space  sufficient to support
            and help grow the organization.

      o     Upgraded and converted our core processing hardware and software. As
            part  of  this  conversion  and  upgrade,   we  converted  our  data
            processing  software to the Jack Henry Associates system. Jack Henry
            Associates is a recognized industry leader in bank data processing.

      o     Retained  Tammy  Case as our new  Executive  Vice  President  - Loan
            Administration.  Ms.  Case  has over 27  years  of  experience  as a
            commercial  lender,  23 of which were spent within our Sussex County
            trade area.


      o     Initiated  a  restructuring  of our loan  department  under Ms. Case
            designed  to  increase   efficiency  and  more  rationally   utilize
            personnel to improve our loan processing.

      o     Established a residential mortgage banking division which originates
            residential  home  mortgages  for funding by third party  investors.
            Since  commencing  operations in August 2003,  our mortgage  banking
            division has originated  $46.5 million in new loans and produced fee
            income of $622,000  through its first year of  operation.  While the
            division  originates loans both to refinance  existing mortgages and
            to fund new home  purchases,  in  August  2004 over 57% of the loans
            originated were used to fund new purchases.


      o     Formed Sussex Settlement  Services,  L.P., a partnership between the
            bank and First American Title Insurance  Company,  through which the
            bank now offers  title  insurance,  title  abstracts  and  searches,
            credit reports and closing services.


                                       2



EXPANSION   INTO   SURROUNDING   COUNTIES   &   OPPORTUNITIES   RESULTING   FROM
CONSOLIDATION; ACQUISITIONS

We have  historically  not  expanded our  franchise  out of Sussex  County,  New
Jersey, although we believe the surrounding counties in New Jersey, Pennsylvania
and New York offer  opportunities for our brand of banking services.  We believe
our community bank approach,  which emphasizes a high degree of customer service
and access to senior  management  and  decision  makers not  available at larger
financial institutions, will allow us to expand and capture new customers.

Sussex  County is the home to a number of  different  banking  institutions  and
approximately  $1.8  billion in  aggregate  deposits.  The table set forth below
provides  comparative  information on Sussex County,  our current primary market
area, and the surrounding contiguous counties:

                       Median
                                  June 30, 2003     Household          Total
                                  Deposits ($M)       Income      Population
                                  -------------     ---------     ----------

     >>       Sussex, NJ               $1,841        $71,902        151,480
     >>       Morris, NJ              $10,883        $87,589        484,013
     >>       Passaic, NJ              $8,493        $53,269        499,333
     >>       Orange, NY               $4,732        $58,359        366,959
     >>       Warren, NJ               $1,680        $62,858        110,422
     >>       Pike, PA                   $399        $49,689         52,865


These counties have been the home to many financial institutions, including many
community  banks,  that  have  been  acquired  by  much  larger,  out of  market
institutions.  We do not believe these institutions are able to provide the same
level of service that is provided by community banks such as Sussex.  We believe
the  business  model we have built in Sussex  County will work  equally  well in
these surrounding markets.

Our strategy  calls for us to consider  alternative  routes to expand our market
area.  Although we currently  have no  agreements or  understandings  to acquire
additional  institutions or branches, we would consider purchasing another whole
depository  institution  or  selected  branches.  In  addition,  as  part of our
strategy of enhancing  fees based  income,  we would  consider  acquiring  other
financially-related businesses, including additional insurance agencies or books
of insurance business.

While we have  confidence  in the bank's  continued  growth,  this aspect of our
business strategy is not without risk. Risks includes  properly  identifying and
pricing potential acquisitions, managing the costs of new growth, attracting and
retaining  employees  with  connections  to new  market  areas and  successfully
competing for business in new market areas. See "Risk Factors" on page 9.


IMPROVING CORE PROFITABILITY

Our strategic  plan is also focused on improving the core  profitability  of our
franchise.  We believe  that this will be  accomplished  through  the  following
initiatives.

Balance Sheet Growth


We believe that as we grow our  franchise  we will be able to take  advantage of
the economies of scale typically enjoyed by larger  organizations.  For example,
most large  institutions  have a lower efficiency ratio than do community banks.
We believe that the investments we have made in our  infrastructure  and product
offerings are  sufficient to support a much larger  organization,  and therefore
believe that  increases in our expense base going  forward  should be much lower
than our  proportional  increase  in assets and  revenues.  We believe  that the
effect of these trends going forward should improve our profitability.



                                       3


Operational Restructuring


We believe we currently have  opportunities to change our operational  structure
and to reduce staffing levels to provide better customer service.  An example of
this is a recent  effort under the guidance of Tammy Case,  our  Executive  Vice
President-Loan Administration,  who reviewed the staffing levels and assignments
within our loan department. The result of this review is more efficient staffing
of the loan department,  better processing flow of loan applications,  and a net
reduction of four staff positions.


Balance Sheet Repositioning


Although we have been  successful in developing  our business in Sussex  County,
the business  climate of the County is not as strong as some of our  surrounding
markets. As a result of this, we believe that by expanding beyond Sussex County,
we will have the  opportunity  to improve the proportion of loans on our balance
sheet relative to earning assets. As this balance sheet mix improves,  we expect
to see an increase  in our net  interest  margin  that would  result in a higher
level of  profitability.  Furthermore,  we may also be able to  restructure  our
liabilities and reduce our cost of funds.


Increase cross-selling among our lines of businesses


In addition to enhancing our non-interest  income,  we also believe our mortgage
banking and  insurance  brokerage  operations  will  continue to provide us with
substantial  opportunities to cross-sell among the client bases of our different
lines of business.  We have been  successful in  cross-selling  loan and deposit
products to our mortgage banking and insurance  customers and selling  insurance
products to our existing bank customers. We have instituted training programs to
further enhance our cross-selling efforts and continue to develop ways to create
incentive for loan  officers and  insurance  producers to continue to cross-sell
services to benefit the bottom-line.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

At September 30, 2004, we had $259.7 million in total assets,  $147.0 million in
net loans,  $223.7 million in total deposits and $16.2 million of  stockholders'
equity.  Over a five year period  ending  December 31,  2003,  we have grown our
assets,   loans,   and  deposits  at  compound  rates  of  12%,  14%,  and  10%,
respectively.  Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2004, amounted
to $1.2 million,  a 17.8%  increase over the same period in 2003. Net income for
our fiscal year ended  December  31,  2003,  amounted to $1.4  million,  a 24.7%
increase over our fiscal year ended  December 31, 2002.  Over a five year period
we have grown our  earnings  per share at a  compounded  growth rate of 13%. For
more information, see "Results of Operations" on page __.

Our executive  offices are located at 200 Munsonhurst Rd., Route 517,  Franklin,
New Jersey 07416-0353,  our telephone number is (973) 827-2914,  and our website
is www.sussexbank.com.


                                       4


                                  THE OFFERING


Common stock offered for sale...........  currently outstanding common stock


Shares of common stock outstanding
  after the offering(1)................    ______ shares

Offering price..........................  $_____ per share

Market for the common stock.............  The  common  stock  is  listed  on the
                                          American   Stock  Exchange  under  the
                                          symbol "SBB".

Dividend policy.........................  We   have   consistently   paid   cash
                                          dividends  every year since 1979,  and
                                          have   issued   a   number   of  stock
                                          dividends and stock splits.

Use of proceeds.........................  We   will   contribute   most  of  the
                                          proceeds  to the bank to  enable it to
                                          continue   to  grow   its   loan   and
                                          investment  portfolio  while complying
                                          with    its     regulatory     capital
                                          requirements.   The  bank  may  use  a
                                          portion of these  proceeds  to finance
                                          the  establishment  or  acquisition of
                                          additional   branches   if   we   find
                                          locations  that  we  believe  will  be
                                          successful  and  will  provide  growth
                                          opportunities   for  the   bank,   the
                                          acquisition    of   whole    financial
                                          institutions,  or the  acquisition  of
                                          non-bank financial  businesses.  We do
                                          not currently  have any  agreements to
                                          acquire      branches,       financial
                                          institutions  or  non-bank   financial
                                          business.


Ownership of management.................  Prior to this offering,  our directors
                                          and executive  officers owned 25.8% of
                                          our  stock.  Upon  completion  of  the
                                          offering,  we expect the  ownership of
                                          our directors  and executive  officers
                                          to be 17.7% of our common stock.


Risk factors............................  An  investment  in  the  common  stock
                                          involves  certain  risks.  Prospective
                                          purchasers  of the common stock should
                                          consider  the  information   discussed
                                          under the heading "Risk Factors."


(1) Unless otherwise indicated,  the share information in the table above and in
this  prospectus  excludes up to ________  shares that may be  purchased  by the
underwriters  from us to  cover  over-allotments.  Unless  otherwise  indicated,
information  contained in this  prospectus  regarding the number of  outstanding
shares of common stock does not include  268,570 shares of common stock issuable
upon the exercise of outstanding  stock options or an aggregate of 68,083 shares
of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock option plans.


                                       5


                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA


The summary  financial data presented  below is derived from, and should be read
in  conjunction  with,  our  audited  financial  statements  for the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, including the related notes,  included in this
prospectus. The selected financial data for the periods ended December 31, 2003,
2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999 were derived from our audited  consolidated  financial
statements for the respective  periods.  Our summary of  consolidated  financial
data as of and for the nine months  ended  September  30, 2004 and 2003 have not
been  audited  but, in the opinion of our  management,  contain all  adjustments
(consisting of only normal or recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly
our financial  position and results of operations for such periods in accordance
with generally accepted accounting  principles.  Our results for the nine months
ended  September  30,  2004 are not  necessarily  indicative  of our  results of
operations  that may be  expected  for the year ended  December  31,  2004.  The
following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with
our consolidated  financial  statements and related notes and our  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis"  included  elsewhere in this prospectus.  All per share
data has been restated for the effect of the 5% stock  dividends  distributed in
July 2000 and November 2003.



                         AS OF AND FOR THE
                         NINE MONTHS ENDED                    
                           SEPTEMBER 30,                      AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                      -----------------------    -------------------------------------------------------------------
                          2004          2003           2003         2002            2001         2000         1999
                      ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                                                                        
SUMMARY OF INCOME:
Interest income          $8.595        $7,999        $10,771      $10,860         $11,589      $10,389       $9,115
Interest expense          2,042         2,197          2,860        3,536           5,688        4,837        4,322
---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
       Net interest       6,553         5,802          7,911        7,324           5,901        5,552        4,793
income
Provision for loan
losses                      373           315            405          300             252          229          177
---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income       6,180         5,487          7,506        7,024           5,649        5,323        4,616
after provision for
loan losses
Other income              3,426         2,931          4,103        3,292           1,628          839          889
Other expense             8,011         7,098          9,663        8,634           6,165        5,153        4,558
---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before             1,595         1,320          1,946        1,682           1,112        1,009          947
income taxes
Income taxes                430           331            505          526             317          242          188
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Net income        $1,165          $989         $1,441       $1,156            $795         $767         $759
====================================================================================================================

Intangible
amortization
(included in other
expense, tax
effected)                   $70           $59           $123         $103             $67          $55          $55
====================================================================================================================

WEIGHTED AVERAGE
NUMBER OF
SHARES: (a)
Basic                 1,830,203     1,782,929      1,790,142    1,748,102       1,725,410    1,569,405    1,567,899
Diluted               1,917,746     1,849,197      1,859,409    1,820,724       1,758,483    1,581,392    1,585,250



                                       6





                                                                                        
SHARE DATA :
Earnings per share:
   Basic                  $0.64         $0.55          $0.80        $0.66           $0.46        $0.49        $0.48
   Diluted                 0.61          0.54           0.78         0.64            0.44         0.48         0.48

Cash dividends (b)         0.21          0.20           0.20         0.24            0.18         0.18         0.10
Stock dividends              0%            0%             5%           0%              0%           5%           0%

BALANCE SHEET:
Loans, net             $146,964      $128,115       $132,640     $112,069        $105,005     $100,193      $83,997
Total assets            259,701       235,601        240,617      225,904         203,343      161,629      150,126
Total deposits          223,730       201,806        207,657      189,858         178,554      140,861      138,548
Total stockholders'
equity                   16,186        14,037         14,904       13,680          12,237       10,110        9,089
Average assets          246,937       231,263        233,027      214,897         188,785      152,623      143,909
Average
stockholders' equity     15,308        13,926         14,035       12,766          11,838        9,326        9,136

PERFORMANCE RATIOS:
Return on average
assets                    0.63%         0.57%          0.62%        0.54%           0.42%        0.50%        0.53%
Return on average
stockholders'
equity                   10.17%         9.50%         10.27%        9.06%           6.72%        8.22%        8.31%

Net interest margin       4.07%         3.81%          3.86%        3.82%           3.40%        3.95%        3.63%

Efficiency ratio (c)      80.0%         81.0%          80.0%        81.0%           82.0%        81.0%        82.0%

Other income to net
interest income
plus other income        34.33%        33.56%         34.15%       31.01%          21.62%       13.13%       15.65%
Dividend payout
ratio                       33%           36%            25%          36%             39%          37%          21%

CAPITAL RATIOS:
Tier I capital to
average assets            7.35%         6.94%          7.15%        6.66%           4.87%        6.21%        6.16%
Tier I capital to
total risk-weighted
assets                   10.79%        10.99%         11.14%       11.77%           8.45%        9.62%       10.41%
Total capital to
total risk-weighted
assets                   12.02%        12.38%         12.37%       13.36%           9.46%       10.58%       11.37%
Average
equity/average
assets                    6.20%         6.02%          6.02%        5.94%           6.27%        6.11%        6.35%

ASSET QUALITY
RATIOS:
Non-performing
loans to total
gross loans               0.86%         0.93%          0.99%        1.14%           2.35%        0.55%        0.39%
Non-performing
assets to total
assets                    0.69%         0.59%          0.64%        0.66%           1.32%        0.34%        0.22%
Net loan
charge-offs to
average total loans       0.02%         0.04%          0.05%        0.05%           0.08%        0.10%        0.01%
Allowance for loan
losses to total
gross loans at
period end                1.39%         1.27%          1.29%        1.22%           1.08%        0.96%        0.99%



                                       7





                                                                                        
Allowance for loan
losses to
non-performing loans    161.46%       140.72%        130.67%      107.11%          45.83%      176.27%      252.11%


-------------
(a)   The weighted  average number of shares  outstanding  was computed based on
      the average  number of shares  outstanding  during each period as adjusted
      for subsequent stock dividends

(b)   Cash  dividends  per common share are based on the actual number of common
      shares outstanding on the dates

(c)   Efficiency  ratio  is  total  other  expenses  divided  by the  sum of net
      interest income and total other income.




                                       8


                                  RISK FACTORS

You  should  carefully  consider  the  following  risk  factors  and  all  other
information  contained in this prospectus  before  subscribing for shares of our
common  stock.  Investing  in our common  stock  involves  risks.  The risks and
uncertainties  described below are not the only ones we face.  Additional  risks
and  uncertainties  not presently  known to us or that we currently  believe are
immaterial also may impair our business.  If any of the events  described in the
following risk factors occur, our business,  results of operations and financial
condition could be materially adversely affected. In addition, the trading price
of our common  stock could  decline due to any of the events  described in these
risks.

You  should  be  aware  that  certain   statements   in  this   prospectus   are
forward-looking  and are  identified  by the  use of  forward-looking  words  or
phrases such as "intended," "will be positioned,"  "believed,"  "expects," is or
are "expected" or "anticipated." These  forward-looking  statements are based on
our current expectations.


OUR EARNINGS MAY NOT CONTINUE TO GROW IF WE ARE UNABLE TO  SUCCESSFULLY  ATTRACT
CORE DEPOSITS AND LENDING  OPPORTUNITIES  AND EXPLOIT  OPPORTUNITIES TO GENERATE
FEE-BASED INCOME.

We have experienced  significant  growth, and our future business strategy is to
continue to expand. Historically,  the growth of our loans and deposits has been
the principal factor in our increase in net interest  income.  In the event that
we are unable to execute our business  strategy of continued growth in loans and
deposits,  our earnings could be adversely impacted.  Our ability to continue to
grow depends, in part, upon our ability to expand our market share, successfully
attract core deposits, and identify loan and investment opportunities as well as
opportunities  to  generate  fee-based  income.  Our  ability  to manage  growth
successfully  will also depend on whether we can  continue to  efficiently  fund
asset growth and maintain asset quality and cost controls, as well as on factors
beyond our control, such as economic conditions and interest rate trends.

OUR GROWTH-ORIENTED  BUSINESS STRATEGY COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED IF WE ARE NOT
ABLE TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN SKILLED EMPLOYEES AND MANAGE OUR EXPENSES.

We expect to continue to experience  growth in the scope of our  operations  and
correspondingly in the number of our employees and customers. We may not be able
to successfully  manage our business as a result of the strain on our management
and  operations  that may result  from this  growth.  Our ability to manage this
growth will  depend  upon our  ability to  continue to attract,  hire and retain
skilled  employees.  Our success will also depend on the ability of our officers
and key employees to continue to implement and improve our operational and other
systems,  to manage multiple,  concurrent  customer  relationships  and to hire,
train and manage our employees.


WE DEPEND ON OUR EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS AND KEY PERSONNEL TO IMPLEMENT OUR BUSINESS
STRATEGY AND COULD BE HARMED BY THE LOSS OF THEIR SERVICES.


We believe that our growth and future success will depend in large part upon the
skills  of our  management  team,  Donald L.  Kovach,  our  President  and Chief
Executive Officer and the bank's Chief Executive  Officer,  Terry Thompson,  the
bank's  President and Chief Operating  Officer,  George Harper and George Lista,
the senior management of our Tri-State Insurance Agency, Inc. subsidiary, Samuel
Chazanow, the head of our mortgage lending and banking division, Tammy Case, our
Executive  Vice  President  -  Loan  Administration  and  Candace  Leatham,  our
Executive  Vice  President  -  Chief  Financial  Officer.  The  competition  for
qualified personnel in the financial services industry is intense,  and the loss
of our key personnel or an inability to continue to attract, retain and motivate
key personnel could adversely affect our business.  We cannot assure you that we
will be able to retain our  existing  key  personnel  or to  attract  additional
qualified  personnel.  Although we have  employment  agreements  with all of our
executive officers, other than Ms. Leatham, that contain non-compete provisions,
the loss of the services of one or more of our executive  officers  could impair
our operations. See "Management - Employment Agreements" on page __.

OUR  FAILURE TO ADAPT TO  TECHNOLOGICAL  CHANGES AND USE  TECHNOLOGY  TO PROVIDE
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES  THAT ARE DESIRED BY CUSTOMERS  MAY  ADVERSELY  EFFECT OUR
BUSINESS.



                                       9


Many of the bank's competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in
technological  improvements  and have more experience in managing  technological
change.  Adoption of rapid technological  changes by the banking industry or the
bank's  customers could put the bank at a competitive  disadvantage if we do not
have the capital or personnel necessary to implement such changes.


THERE IS A LIMITED  TRADING  MARKET  FOR OUR  COMMON  STOCK,  AND THIS MAY LIMIT
RESALE OF THE COMMON STOCK OR CAUSE PRICE VOLATILITY.

Although  our common stock is listed on the American  Stock  Exchange  under the
symbol "SBB",  trading volume is extremely  limited.  There is no assurance that
you will be able to resell your shares of common stock for an  aggregate  amount
per share  that is equal to or more than the price in the  offering  should  you
need to liquidate your  investment.  Because our stock is thinly  traded,  small
transactions could cause volatility in our stock price.  Before purchasing,  you
should  consider the limited  trading  market for the shares and be  financially
prepared  and able to hold your  shares  for an  indefinite  period  and  endure
volatility in our stock price. See "Market for the Common Stock" on page ____.


RISKS RELATED TO THE OFFERING:

IN THE  FUTURE,  WE MAY NEED TO  ISSUE  ADDITIONAL  SHARES  OF  COMMON  STOCK OR
SECURITIES  CONVERTIBLE INTO COMMON STOCK TO RAISE ADDITIONAL CAPITAL. IF WE ARE
ABLE TO SELL SUCH  SHARES,  THEY MAY BE ISSUED AT A PRICE THAT  DILUTES THE BOOK
VALUE OF SHARES OUTSTANDING AT THAT TIME.

Although this offering will increase the book value per share of our outstanding
common stock,  future offerings may be at a price that dilutes the book value of
shares outstanding at that time. Any need to raise additional capital would most
likely be caused by our  regulatory  capital  requirements.  Our future  capital
requirements will depend on many factors including:

      o     the growth in the bank's interest-earning assets;

      o     loan quality;

      o     the cost of deposits and any necessary borrowings; and

      o     the costs associated with our growth, such as increased salaries and
            employee benefits expense and office and occupancy costs.

If these or other  factors  cause the  bank's  capital  levels to fall below the
minimum regulatory requirements,  or if the bank's existing sources of cash from
operations are  insufficient  to fund its activities or future growth plans,  we
may need to raise additional  capital.  If such need arises and we are unable to
raise capital, we may not be able to continue our growth strategy and management
will be required to reorient our long-term  strategy for the company.  There can
be no assurance that we will be able to generate or attract  additional  capital
in the future on favorable  terms.  In addition,  future  issuances of stock may
cause  dilution  in our  earnings  per  share  and will  dilute  your  ownership
interest.


MANAGEMENT'S  USE OF THE  PROCEEDS  OF THIS  OFFERING  COULD  LOSE VALUE FOR THE
COMPANY AND ADVERSELY AFFECT YOUR INVESTMENT.

Management will have broad  discretion  with respect to the  expenditures of the
net proceeds of this offering and,  accordingly,  there is no assurance that you
will  agree with the uses that we choose to make of these  funds.  You must rely
upon the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds of
this offering.  The net proceeds may be used for corporate  purposes that do not
improve our earnings or increase our share price. Pending application of the net
proceeds  from this  offering,  they may be placed  in  investments  that do not
produce income or that lose value. See "Use of Proceeds" on page __.



                                       10



OUR CURRENT  MANAGEMENT WILL HAVE  SIGNIFICANT  CONTROL OF THE COMPANY AFTER THE
OFFERING AND WILL BE IN A POSITION TO BLOCK TAKEOVER ATTEMPTS THAT THEY OPPOSE.

Following  completion  of the  offering,  our senior  officers and directors and
their affiliates will own approximately __% of the outstanding  common stock. As
a result, in addition to their day-to-day  management roles, our senior officers
and directors will be able to exercise significant  influence on our business as
shareholders,  including  influence  over  election  of  members of our Board of
Directors and the authorization of other corporate actions requiring shareholder
approval. By voting against a proposal submitted to shareholders,  the directors
and senior officers, as a group, may be able to make approval more difficult for
proposals  requiring  the  vote of  shareholders,  such as some  mergers,  share
exchanges,   asset  sales  and  amendments  to  the  company's   certificate  of
incorporation.

PROVISIONS  UNDER NEW JERSEY LAW, IN OUR  CHARTER  DOCUMENTS  AND OTHER LAWS AND
REGULATIONS  APPLICABLE  TO US MAY MAKE IT MORE  DIFFICULT  FOR THIRD PARTIES TO
OBTAIN CONTROL OF THE COMPANY EVEN THOUGH SOME  SHAREHOLDERS  MIGHT FAVOR SUCH A
DEVELOPMENT.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and applicable  provisions of New
Jersey law and federal law may delay,  inhibit or prevent  someone  from gaining
control of the  company  through a tender  offer,  business  combination,  proxy
contest or some other method even though some of our shareholders  might believe
that a  change  in  control  in  desirable.  For  example,  our  certificate  of
incorporation  provides for a classified  board of directors  divided into three
classes  serving for  successive  terms of three  years  each.  Such a provision
serves to entrench  management  and may  discourage a takeover  attempt that you
consider to be in your best interest or in which you would receive a substantial
premium over the current market price.  See  "Anti-Takeover  Provisions" on page
__.


RISKS RELATED TO THE BANKING INDUSTRY:


THE  SECURITIES  OF THE  COMPANY  ARE NOT FDIC  INSURED  AND YOU COULD LOSE YOUR
INVESTMENT.

The  securities  of the  company  are not  savings or deposit  accounts or other
obligations  of any bank and are not  insured by the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation,  the Bank Insurance Fund or any other  governmental  agency and are
subject to investment  risk,  including the possible loss of principal,  and you
must be capable of enduring the loss of your entire investment.


WE  MAY  BE  SUBJECT  TO  HIGHER  OPERATING  COSTS  AS A  RESULT  OF  GOVERNMENT
REGULATION.


We are  subject to  extensive  federal  and state  legislation,  regulation  and
supervision  that are intended  primarily to protect  depositors and the Federal
Deposit  Insurance  Corporation's  Bank Insurance  Fund,  rather than investors.
Legislative  and  regulatory  changes may increase our cost of doing business or
otherwise  adversely  affect us and create  competitive  advantages for non-bank
competitors. For more information, see "Supervision and Regulation" on page __.

OUR BUSINESS MAY BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY CHANGES IN LAWS OR REGULATIONS ENACTED
FOR THE PROTECTION OF DEPOSITORS AND THE PUBLIC.

We can give no assurance that future changes in laws and  regulations or changes
in their interpretation will not adversely affect our business.  The federal and
state  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to  our  operations  give  regulatory
authorities  extensive  discretion  in  connection  with their  supervisory  and
enforcement  responsibilities,  and generally  have been  promulgated to protect
depositors and the deposit insurance funds and not for the purpose of protecting
shareholders.  These  laws and  regulations  can  materially  affect  our future
business.  Laws and regulations now affecting us may be changed at any time, and
the  interpretation of such laws and regulations by bank regulatory  authorities
is also subject to change.

WE ARE IN COMPETITION WITH MANY OTHER BANKS,  INCLUDING LARGER  COMMERCIAL BANKS
THAT HAVE GREATER RESOURCES,  WHICH MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR ABILITY TO GROW AND
OPERATE PROFITABLY.


                                       11



The banking industry within the New Jersey-New York  metropolitan area is highly
competitive.  Although we believe that we have been and will continue to be able
to compete  effectively  with our competition due to our experienced  management
and  personalized  service,  if we are wrong,  our  ability to grow and  operate
profitably may be negatively affected.


The bank's principal market area is served by branch offices of large commercial
banks and thrift  institutions.  We also face  competition  from other companies
that provide  financial  services,  including  consumer loan  companies,  credit
unions, mortgage brokers, insurance companies, securities brokerage firms, money
market  mutual  funds,  internet  banks and private  lenders.  In  addition,  in
November of 1999, the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Financial  Modernization  Act of 1999
(the "GLB Act") was passed  into law.  Among other  things,  the GLB Act permits
insurance   companies  and  securities   firms  to  acquire  or  form  financial
institutions,  thereby  further  increasing the competition we face. A number of
our competitors have  substantially  greater  resources to expend on advertising
and marketing than we do, and their substantially greater capitalization enables
them to make much larger loans.  Our success  depends a great deal on our belief
that  large  and  mid-size  financial   institutions  do  not  adequately  serve
individuals and small businesses in our principal market area and on our ability
to compete favorably for such customers.  In addition to competition from larger
institutions, we also face competition for individuals and small businesses from
recently  formed banks seeking to compete as "home town"  institutions.  Most of
these new institutions  have focused their marketing  efforts on the smaller end
of the small business market we serve.


OUR EARNINGS MAY BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES.


We may not be able to  effectively  manage changes in interest rates that affect
what we charge as interest on our earning  assets and the expense we must pay on
interest-bearing  liabilities,  which may significantly reduce our earnings.  In
addition,  there are costs associated with our risk management  techniques,  and
these  costs  could  be  material.   Fluctuations  in  interest  rates  are  not
predictable or controllable  and,  therefore,  there can be no assurances of our
ability to  continue  to  maintain a  consistent  positive  spread  between  the
interest   earned  on  our  earning   assets  and  the  interest   paid  on  our
interest-bearing  liabilities.  For more information, see "Financial Condition -
Interest Rate Sensitivity" on page 35.

IF THE BANK EXPERIENCES  GREATER LOAN LOSSES THAN  ANTICIPATED,  IT WILL HAVE AN
ADVERSE EFFECT ON OUR NET INCOME AND OUR ABILITY TO FUND OUR GROWTH STRATEGY.

The risk of nonpayment of loans is inherent in banking. If we experience greater
nonpayment  levels  than   anticipated,   our  earnings  and  overall  financial
condition,  as well  as the  value  of our  common  stock,  could  be  adversely
affected.

We cannot assure you that our  monitoring,  procedures  and policies will reduce
certain  lending risks or that our allowance for loan losses will be adequate to
cover actual losses. Loan losses can cause insolvency and failure of a financial
institution  and, in such an event,  our  shareholders  could lose their  entire
investment.  In addition, future provisions for loan losses could materially and
adversely affect our results of operations. Any loan losses will reduce the loan
loss  reserve.  A  reduction  in the loan loss  reserve  will be  restored by an
increase in our  provision  for loan losses.  This will cause our earnings to be
reduced and reduced earnings could have an adverse effect on our stock price.

RECENT LEGISLATION TO ADDRESS CORPORATE ACCOUNTING  IRREGULARITIES WILL CAUSE US
TO INCUR SIGNIFICANT EXPENSE.


In  response  to  highly   publicized   accounting   restatements   and  alleged
improprieties  by  some  corporate  officers  of  certain  large   publicly-held
companies,  in July 2002,  President Bush signed into law the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002.  Additional  regulations  have been  promulgated  by the Securities and
Exchange  Commission (the "SEC") and were effective  beginning  August 29, 2002.
Under  this law and the  regulations  adopted  by the SEC to  implement  various
provisions  of the law,  publicly-traded  companies  are subject to  significant
additional  and  accelerated   reporting   regulations  and  disclosure.   These
regulations also impose significant new responsibilities on officers,  auditors,
boards of directors and in particular, audit committees. Compliance with the new
laws and  regulations  has begun to  increase  our  expenses;  this could have a
material  adverse  effect  on our  financial  results  in the  future.  For more
information, see "Sarbanes-Oxley Act" on page __.


                                       12



                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This  prospectus  contains  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning of
Section 27A of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended.  These  forward-looking
statements are not historical  facts,  but rather are  predictions and generally
can be identified by use of statements  that include  phrases such as "believe,"
"expect,"  "anticipate,"  "estimate," "intend," "plan," "foresee" or other words
or phrases of similar  import.  Similarly,  statements  that describe our future
financial condition, results of operations,  objectives,  plans, goals or future
performance   and   business   also  are   forward-looking   statements.   These
forward-looking  statements  involve known and unknown risks,  uncertainties and
other  facts,   including   those  described  in  the  "Risk  Factors"  and  the
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations"  sections  and other parts of this  prospectus  that could cause our
actual   results  to  differ   materially   from  those   anticipated  in  these
forward-looking statements.

Important facts that may cause actual results to differ from those  contemplated
by forward-looking statements include, for example:

      o     the  success or failure of our  efforts to  implement  our  business
            strategy;

      o     the effect of changing economic conditions;

      o     changes in government regulations, tax rates and similar matters;

      o     our ability to attract and retain quality employees; and

      o     other risks which may be  described  in our future  filings with the
            SEC.

We do not  promise  to update  forward-looking  information  to  reflect  actual
results or changes in  assumptions  or other  factors  that could  affect  those
statements other than material changes to such information.



                                       13


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the ____________  shares that
we are offering will be approximately $__ million, assuming an offering price of
$__ per share  and  deductions  of  estimated  sales  commissions  and  offering
expenses of approximately $__________.


We intend to immediately  use  approximately  one-half of the net proceeds as an
equity  contribution to the bank. The bank will use this  additional  capital to
(i)  expand  the  bank's  loan and  investment  portfolios  and (ii) to  provide
regulatory capital to support the bank's growth and additional branch locations.
The  remainder  of the  proceeds  will be held by the  company  and used to fund
growth through potential  acquisitions,  for general  corporate  purposes and to
provide additional equity contributions to support the bank's growth. Until used
in these  ways,  the  proceeds  retained  by the  company  will be  invested  in
short term United States Treasury and governmental agency debt.


At the current  time,  we do not have any  agreements  nor are we engaged in any
negotiations  to  make  any  acquisitions,  but  we  are  constantly  evaluating
opportunities to do so.


We believe the net proceeds  from this  offering  will support our business plan
for at least eighteen (18) months.




                                       14


                           MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

         Our common  stock  trades on the  American  Stock  Exchange,  under the
symbol "SBB". As of December 31, 2003, the company had approximately 699 holders
of record of the common stock.

         The following  table shows the high and low closing price,  by quarter,
for the common  stock,  as well as dividends  declared,  for the last two fiscal
years:


                                                     LOW CLOSING      DIVIDENDS
             2004             HIGH CLOSING PRICE:       PRICE         DECLARED
             ----             ------------------     ------------     ---------
         4th Quarter
 (through November __, 2004)
         3rd Quarter                $17.20              $15.20          $0.070
         2nd Quarter                $20.95              $16.20          $0.070
         1st Quarter                $18.87              $15.80          $0.070

                                                     LOW CLOSING      DIVIDENDS
             2003             HIGH CLOSING PRICE:       PRICE         DECLARED
             ----             ------------------     ------------     ---------
         4th Quarter                $16.71              $13.50          $0.000
         3rd Quarter                $15.30              $11.70          $0.067
         2nd Quarter                $12.20              $10.25          $0.067
         1st Quarter                $10.70              $10.15          $0.067

                                                     LOW CLOSING      DIVIDENDS
             2002             HIGH CLOSING PRICE:       PRICE         DECLARED
             ----             ------------------     ------------     ---------
         4th Quarter                $11.70              $10.20          $0.067
         3rd Quarter                $10.97              $10.55          $0.057
         2nd Quarter                $10.82              $10.60          $0.057
         1st Quarter                $10.68              $ 9.97          $0.057


         In  addition  to  the  cash  dividends  disclosed  above,  the  company
distributed  a 5% stock  dividend  in  November  2003.  The  market  prices  and
dividends disclosed above have been restated to reflect this stock dividend.


                                       15


                                 CAPITALIZATION


The following table sets forth our consolidated  capitalization  as of September
30, 2004, on an actual basis and on a pro forma basis as adjusted to give effect
to this  offering,  assuming an offering price of $___ per share and no exercise
of the  underwriter's  over-allotment  option.  You should read this information
together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, which are
included elsewhere in this prospectus.



                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30, 2004
                                                         -----------------------------------
                                                             ACTUAL           AS ADJUSTED
                                                         ----------------    ---------------
                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER
                                                                    SHARE DATA)
                                                                              
Long-term debt:
     Borrowings - FHLB                                           $10,000            $10,000
     Junior subordinated debentures                                5,155              5,155
                                                         ----------------    ---------------
Total Long-term debt                                             $15,155            $15,155
                                                         ----------------    ---------------

Stockholders' equity:
     Common stock, no par value, per share,
     5,000,000 shares authorized, 1,842,188 shares
     outstanding and ____________ shares outstanding
     as adjusted                                                 $ 9,987
     Retained earnings                                             5,821
     Accumulated other comprehensive income                          378                378
                                                         ----------------    ---------------
Total Stockholders' Equity:                                      $16,186
                                                         ----------------    ---------------
Total Capitalization                                             $31,341            $
                                                         ================    ===============


The company and the bank both meet the  capitalization  standards  applicable to
them under  federal  regulations.  The  following  table sets forth our  capital
ratios as of September 30, 2004, and as adjusted to give effect, after deducting
offering  expenses,  to the sale of the common stock offered by this prospectus,
as well as the minimum required regulatory capital.



                                        AMOUNT                      RATIO

                                 ACTUAL:    ADJUSTED:       ACTUAL:    ADJUSTED:     MINIMUM
                                                                                     RATIO:
                                                                              
The company:
     Leverage Capital            $18,203                      7.35%                    4%
     Tier 1 - Risk Based         $18,203                     10.79%                    4%
     Total Risk Based            $20,283                     12.02%                    8%

The bank:
     Leverage Capital            $17,638                      7.13%                    4%
     Tier 1 - Risk Based         $17,638                     10.49%                    4%
     Total Risk Based            $19,718                     11.72%                    8%



                                       16


           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                            AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following  presents  management's  discussion  and analysis of our financial
condition and results of operations and should be read in  conjunction  with the
financial  statements and related notes included  elsewhere in this  prospectus.
This  discussion  contains  forward-looking  statements  that involve  risks and
uncertainties.   Our  actual  results  could  differ  significantly  from  those
anticipated in these forward-looking  statements as a result of various factors,
including  those  discussed in "Risk Factors"  beginning on page __ and "Special
Note Regarding  Forward-Looking  Statements" on page __ in this prospectus.  All
per share data has been  adjusted to give  retroactive  effect to the 5.0% stock
dividends paid in July 2000 and November 2003.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES


Our accounting policies are fundamental to understanding Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations.  Our accounting
policies  are  more  fully  described  in Note 1 of the  Notes  to  Consolidated
Financial  Statements for December 31, 2003 included herein.  The preparation of
financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
requires  management to make estimates and assumptions  about future events that
affect  the  amounts  reported  in our  consolidated  financial  statements  and
accompanying  notes.  Since future  events and their effect cannot be determined
with  absolute  certainty,  actual  results  may differ  from  those  estimates.
Management  makes  adjustments to its  assumptions  and judgments when facts and
circumstances  dictate.  The amounts  currently  estimated  by us are subject to
change if different assumptions as to the outcome of future events were made. We
evaluate our estimates  and  judgments on an ongoing  basis and predicate  those
estimates and judgments on  historical  experience  and on various other factors
that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.  Management believes
the  following  critical  accounting  policies  encompass  the more  significant
judgments  and  estimates  used in  preparation  of our  consolidated  financial
statements.


Allowance for Loan Losses.  The  provision for loan losses  charged to operating
expense  reflects the amount  deemed  appropriate  by  management to provide for
known and inherent losses in the existing loan portfolio.  Management's judgment
is based on the evaluation of individual loans, past experience,  the assessment
of current  economic  conditions,  and other relevant  factors.  Loan losses are
charged  directly  against  the  allowance  for loan  losses and  recoveries  on
previously charged-off loans are added to the allowance.


Management  uses  significant  estimates to  determine  the  allowance  for loan
losses.  Consideration  is given to a variety of factors in  establishing  these
estimates  including current economic  conditions,  diversification  of the loan
portfolio, delinquency statistics, borrowers' perceived financial and managerial
strengths,  the adequacy of underlying collateral,  if collateral dependent,  or
present  value of future  cash  flows,  and other  relevant  factors.  Since the
sufficiency of the allowance for loan losses is dependent,  to a great extent on
conditions  that may be beyond our  control,  it is possible  that  management's
estimates of the  allowances  for loan losses and actual results could differ in
the near term. Although we believe that we use the best information available to
establish the allowance for loan losses,  future  additions to the allowance may
be necessary if certain  future events occur that cause actual results to differ
from the assumptions used in making the evaluation.  For example,  a downturn in
the local economy could cause increases in non-performing loans. Additionally, a
decline  in  real  estate  values  could  cause  some  of our  loans  to  become
inadequately collateralized. In either case, this may require us to increase our
provisions   for  loan  losses,   which  would   negatively   impact   earnings.
Additionally,  a large loss could deplete the  allowance  and require  increased
provisions to replenish the allowances,  which would negatively affect earnings.
.In addition,  regulatory authorities, as an integral part of their examination,
periodically review the allowance for loan losses. They may require additions to
the allowance based upon their judgments about information  available to them at
the time of  examination.  Future  increases to our  allowance  for loan losses,
whether due to unexpected  changes in economic  conditions  or otherwise,  would
adversely affect our future results of operations.



                                       17



Historically,  our estimates and assumptions  have provided results that did not
differ  materially from actual results.  For example,  net charge-offs  were $29
thousand for the nine months ended  September 30, 2004 and $57 thousand for each
of the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. Additionally,  net charge-offs to
average  loans for the nine months  ended  September  30, 2003 and for the years
2003 and 2002 were 0.02%, 0.05% and 0.05% respectively.

Stock-Based  Compensation.  As permitted  by  Statement of Financial  Accounting
("SFAS")  No.  123,  the  company  accounts  for  stock-based   compensation  in
accordance  with Accounting  Principals  Board Opinion ("APB") No. 25. Under APB
No. 25, no compensation expense is recognized in the income statement related to
any option granted under the company stock option plans. The pro forma impact to
net income and earnings per share that would occur if  compensation  expense was
recognized,  based on the estimated fair value of the options on the date of the
grant, is disclosed in the notes to the consolidated  financial statements.  The
company  intends to  continue to account for  stock-based  compensation  in this
manner unless there is more specific guidance issued by the Financial Accounting
Standards Board ("FASB") or unless a clear  consensus  develops in the financial
services industry on the application of accounting methods.

On March 31, 2004, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued an Exposure
Draft,  Share-based Payment,  which is a proposed amendment to SFAS No. 123. The
Exposure  Draft  would   eliminate  the  ability  to  account  for   share-based
compensation  transactions  using APB No. 25, and  generally  would  require all
share-based  payments to employees,  including grants of employee stock options,
to be recognized as an expense in the income  statement at their grant-date fair
values. The stock-based  compensation  expense, net of tax, that would have been
included  in the  determination  of net  income if the fair value  based  method
computed  using the  Black-Scholes  option pricing model had been applied to all
awards  totaled  $103  thousand  and $32  thousand  for the  nine  months  ended
September 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and $47 thousand and $23 thousand for
the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. See also Note 1 of the
Notes to the Consolidated  Financial  Statements of December 31, 2003 and Note 5
of the Notes to the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for September 30, 2004
included herein.

Assuming adoption of the new guidance on July 1, 2005, compensation expense, net
of tax, related to outstanding stock option grants as of September 30, 2004 that
are being  recognized over the vesting period is estimated to be $51 thousand in
2005,  $94 thousand in 2006 and $51  thousand in 2007.  The estimate is based on
the fair value of option grants computed using the Black-Scholes  option pricing
model. FASB expects to issues its final standard in the fourth quarter of 2004.

Goodwill.  The company has recorded  goodwill of $2.1  million at September  30,
2004 related to the  acquisition  of Tri-States  Insurance  Agency on October 1,
2001. The company  performs its annual  goodwill  impairment  test in the fourth
quarter of each  calendar  year. A fair value is  determined  for the  reporting
unit, the insurance  agency. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the
book value,  no write-down  of goodwill is necessary.  If the fair value is less
than the book  value,  an  additional  test is  necessary  to assess  the proper
carrying value of goodwill. The company determined that no impairment write-offs
were necessary during 2003 and 2002.

Business unit valuation is inherently subjective, with a number of factors based
on assumptions  and management  judgments.  Among these are future growth rates,
discount  rates and earnings  capitalization  rates.  Changes in assumption  and
results  due  to  economic  conditions,  industry  factors  and  reporting  unit
performance  could result in different  assessments  of the fair value and could
result in impairment  charges in the future.  No events have occurred  since the
2003 annual impairment test that indicate potential for impairment.

Investment Securities Impairment Evaluation. Management evaluates securities for
other-than-temporary  impairment  at  least  on  a  quarterly  basis,  and  more
frequently   when  economic  or  market   concerns   warrant  such   evaluation.
Consideration  is given to (1)  length of time and the  extent to which the fair
value  has been  less than  cost,  (2) the  financial  condition  and  near-term
prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the company to retain
its  investment  in the issuer for a period of time  sufficient to allow for any
anticipated recovery in fair value.


                                       18



In March,  2004,  the  FASB's  Emerging  Issues  Task Force  ("EITF")  reached a
consensus  on  EITF  Issue  No.,  03-1,  "The  Meaning  of  Other-Than-Temporary
Impairment and Its Application to Certain  Investments" ("EITF 03-1"). EITF 03-1
provides guidance regarding the meaning of  other-than-temporary  impairment and
its  application  to  investments  classified  as either  available-for-sale  or
held-to-maturity   under  FASB  Statement  No.  115,   "Accounting  for  Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities",  and to equity securities  accounted
for under the cost  method.  Included in EITF 03-1 is guidance on how to account
for impairments that are solely due to interest rate changes,  including changes
resulting from increases in sector credit  spreads.  This guidance was to become
effective for  reporting  periods  beginning  after June 15, 2004.  However,  on
September 30, 2004,  the FASB issued a Staff  Position that delays the effective
date for the recognition and measurement  guidance of EITF 03-1 until additional
clarifying guidance is issued. This additional guidance is expected to be issued
during  and be  effective  for the fourth  quarter  of 2004.  We are not able to
assess the impact of the adoption of EITF 03-1 until final guidance is issued.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AS COMPARED TO SEPTEMBER 30, 2003:

For the nine months ended  September 30, 2004,  net income was $1.2 million,  an
increase of $176  thousand,  or 17.8%,  from the $989 thousand  reported for the
same  period in 2003.  Basic  earnings  per share were $0.64 for the nine months
ended  September  30, 2004  compared to $0.55 for the  nine-month  period  ended
September 30, 2003, an increase of 16.4%.  Diluted earnings per share were $0.61
for the nine months ended  September  30, 2004  compared to $0.54 from the first
nine months of 2003, an increase of 13.0%.

The  results  reflect  an  increase  in net  interest  income,  a result of both
increasing  interest  income  and  decreasing  interest  expense,  coupled  with
increases  in  non-interest  income,  primarily  due to an  increase in mortgage
banking  fees  from  our  residential  lending  division,  partially  offset  by
increases in non-interest expenses associated with additions to staff and higher
related salary and benefit expenses.


INTEREST INCOME


Total interest income increased $368 thousand, or 14.1%, to $3.0 million for the
quarter ended  September 30, 2004 from $2.6 million for the same period in 2003.
This increase was primarily  attributable  to an increase of $157  thousand,  or
24.5%,  in interest on securities on a fully taxable  equivalent  basis from the
third quarter of 2003 to the same period in 2004.  While the average  balance of
total securities  decreased $848 thousand,  the average rate earned increased 88
basis points,  from 3.34% for the three months ended September 30, 2003 to 4.22%
for the quarter ended  September 30, 2004. The decrease in the total  securities
portfolio reflects the reallocation of funds to meet increasing loan demand. The
increase  in yield  was  accomplished  through  selling  $7.3  million  in lower
yielding  securities and purchasing $6.9 million in higher yielding  securities,
combined with the slowing of prepayments on  mortgage-backed  securities  during
the third quarter of 2004.  Comparing the average  balance in the loan portfolio
for the  quarter  ended  September  30,  2003 to the same  quarter in 2004,  the
average balance in loans increased $17.7 million,  or 13.9%,  while the interest
earned on total loans increased $224 thousand, or 11.0%. The average rate earned
on loans  decreased 15 basis points from 6.33% for the quarter  ended  September
30, 2003 to 6.18% for the same period in 2004, as customers have  refinanced and
locked in lower  fixed  rate  loans  during a time of  historically  low  market
interest rates.

For the nine months ended  September 30, 2004,  interest  income  increased $596
thousand,  or 7.5%, to $8.6 million from the $8.0 million  reported for the same
period in 2003. Total average  interest-earning  assets increased $12.6 million,
or 5.9%,  to $223.8  million  from  $211.3  million,  as average  loan  balances
increased  $19.2 million,  or 15.7%,  and average other interest  earning assets
decreased $6.2 million,  or 43.6% from the first nine months of 2003 to the same
period in 2004. This  repositioning of average balances in higher yielding loans
has  increased  the average  rate earned 9 basis  points from 5.20% in the first
nine months of 2003 to 5.29% in the same period in 2004.


                                       19



The  increases in our loan  portfolio  in both the three and nine month  periods
reflects our continuing  efforts to enhance our loan  origination  capacity.  In
particular,  we  have  enhanced  our  loan  department  through  the  hiring  of
additional lending staff and originators.



INTEREST EXPENSE


The  company's  interest  expense for the third  quarter of 2004  stayed  stable
compared to the third  quarter of 2003,  increasing $8 thousand to $689 thousand
from $681  thousand  in the third  quarter  of 2003 as the  average  balance  of
interest bearing liabilities  increased $12.7 million, or 6.9% to $197.7 million
in the  current  third  quarter  from  $185.0  million  during the same year ago
period.  This was accomplished  through a 7 basis point reduction in the average
rate paid on interest bearing liabilities from 1.46% for the three months ending
September  30,  2003 to 1.39% for the same  period in 2004.  Growth in  interest
bearing  deposits of $14.3 million was offset by a net reduction of $1.6 million
in other interest bearing  liabilities.  Average money market deposits increased
$13.0 million, or 367.8%,  while the average rate paid increased 65 basis points
from 0.56% in the third  quarter of 2003 to 1.21% in the third  quarter of 2004.
Several large municipal accounts  transferred  balances from our public fund NOW
account to a newly  offered  public  fund money  market  account.  This  account
permits  customers to  automatically  transfer  excess  funds from  non-interest
bearing transaction  accounts into a variable rate interest bearing money market
account. The company believes this account will provide an alternative to higher
rate time deposits  traditionally used to attract public deposits.  To initially
attract  municipal  accounts,  a higher incentive rate was offered on the public
fund money market  account.  As municipal  balances  were  transferred  from NOW
accounts,  the NOW accounts average balance decreased $3.3 million,  or 7.2%, in
the  current  third  quarter  compared  to the year ago third  quarter.  Average
borrowed funds  decreased $1.8 million,  or 14.6%, to $10.5 million in the third
quarter of 2004 from  $12.3  million  in the third  quarter of 2003,  due to the
maturity of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB").  At September 30,
2004, the company's borrowed funds consisted of three convertible notes from the
FHLB totaling  $10.0  million.  In the third quarter of 2002, the company issued
$5.2 million in junior subordinated  debentures.  The debentures bear a floating
rate of interest, which averaged 5.05% in the third quarter of 2004, up 28 basis
points from 4.77% in the third quarter of 2003.

For the nine months ended  September 30, 2004 interest  expense  decreased  $155
thousand,  or 7.0%,  to $2.0 million from $2.2 million for the first nine months
of 2003, as the balance in average interest-bearing  liabilities increased $12.0
million,  or 6.5% to $196.6  million  from $184.6  million  between the same two
periods.  The  average  rate  paid on  total  interest-bearing  liabilities  has
decreased  by 20 basis  points  from 1.59% for the first nine  months of 2003 to
1.39% for the same  period  in 2004.  The  reduction  in rates  reflects  both a
restructuring of the deposit portfolio,  as lower costing total interest bearing
deposit  balances have increased and higher  costing net other interest  bearing
liabilities have decreased, and current lower market rates of interest.


The following table presents,  on a fully taxable equivalent basis, a summary of
the   company's   interest-earning   assets  and  their  average   yields,   and
interest-bearing  liabilities and their average costs and  shareholders'  equity
for the nine months ended  September 30, 2004 and 2003.  The average  balance of
loans includes non-accrual loans, and associated yields include loan fees, which
are considered adjustment to yields.




                                                   Nine Months Ended September 30,
                                -----------------------------------------------------------------------
(dollars in thousands)                        2004                                  2003
------------------------------- ---------------------------------     ---------------------------------
                                 Average    Interest   Average         Average    Interest   Average
Earning Assets:                  Balance       (1)     Rate (2)        Balance      (1)      Rate (2)
------------------------------- ----------- ---------- ----------     ---------- ---------- -----------
                                                                               
Securities:
      Tax exempt  (3)              $22,109       $905      5.47%        $17,804       $755       5.67%
      Taxable                       52,691      1,368      3.47%         57,378      1,328       3.10%
------------------------------- ----------- ---------- ----------     ---------- ---------- -----------
Total securities                    74,800      2,273      4.06%         75,182      2,083       3.70%
Total loans receivable (4)         140,980      6,522      6.18%        121,824      6,008       6.59%
Other interest-earning assets        8,044         71      1.17%         14,263        131       1.22%
------------------------------- ----------- ---------- ----------     ---------- ---------- -----------
Total earning assets               223,824     $8,866      5.29%        211,269     $8,222       5.20%

Non-interest earning assets         25,012                               21,520
Allowance for loan losses          (1,899)                              (1,526)
------------------------------- -----------                           ----------
Total Assets                      $246,937                             $231,263
=============================== ===========                           ==========



                                       20





                                                                                         
Sources of Funds:
Interest bearing deposits:
      NOW                                    $45,671       $152      0.45%        $44,786       $190       0.57%
      Money market                            11,392         93      1.09%          4,044         23       0.76%
      Savings                                 66,505        324      0.65%         64,586        403       0.83%
      Time                                    57,051        891      2.09%         52,892        958       2.42%
----------------------------------------- ----------- ---------- ----------     ---------- ---------- -----------
Total interest bearing deposits              180,619      1,460      1.08%        166,308      1,574       1.27%
      Borrowed funds                          10,832        395      4.79%         13,267        437       4.34%
      Capital debentures                       5,155        187      4.78%          5,000        186       4.92%
----------------------------------------- ----------- ---------- ----------     ---------- ---------- -----------
Total interest bearing liabilities           196,606     $2,042      1.39%        184,575     $2,197       1.59%

Non-interest bearing liabilities:
      Demand deposits                         32,923                               30,475
      Other liabilities                        2,100                                2,287
----------------------------------------- -----------                           ----------
Total non-interest bearing liabilities        35,023                               32,762
Stockholders' equity                          15,308                               13,926
----------------------------------------- -----------                           ----------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders'         $246,937                             $231,263
Equity
========================================= ===========                           ==========

-----------------------------------------             ---------- ----------                ---------- -----------
Net Interest Income and Margin (5)                       $6,824      4.07%                    $6,025       3.81%
=========================================             ========== ==========                ========== ===========


(1) Includes loan fee income
(2) Average rates on securities are calculated on amortized costs
(3) Full taxable equivalent basis, using a 39% effective tax rate and adjusted
    for TEFRA (Tax and Equity Fiscal Responsibility Act) interest expense 
    disallowance
(4) Loans outstanding include non-accrual loans
(5) Represents the difference between interest earned and interest paid, divided
    by average total interest-earning assets



NET INTEREST INCOME


On a fully  taxable  equivalent  basis,  the net  interest  income for the third
quarter of 2004  increased $371  thousand,  or 18.3%,  over the same period last
year to $2.3 million from $1.9  million.  This increase was largely rate driven,
as the yield on total earning  assets  increased 37 basis points to 5.41% in the
third quarter of 2004 from 5.04% in the same period of 2003, as the rate paid on
total interest bearing  liabilities  decreased 7 basis points.  The net interest
margin  increased,  on a fully taxable  equivalent  basis, by 43 basis points to
4.20% in the third quarter of 2004 compared to 3.77% the year earlier.

Net interest  income for the nine months ended  September  30, 2004,  on a fully
taxable equivalent basis,  increased $799 thousand, or 13.2%, to $6.8 million in
the current  year period  compared to $6.0 million in the same period last year.
The net interest margin increased, on a fully taxable equivalent basis, 26 basis
points from 3.81% for the first nine months of 2003 to 4.07% for the nine months
of 2004.  Comparing  the first nine  months of 2003 to the first nine  months of
2004,  the increase in the net interest  margin was a combination  of changes in
rate on securities and interest  bearing deposits and changes in volume in total
loans.

The following table reflects the impact on net interest income of changes in the
volume of earning assets and interest  bearing  liabilities and changes in rates
earned and paid by the Company on such assets and  liabilities.  For purposes of
this table,  nonaccrual  loans have been  included in the average loan  balance.
Changes due to both volume and rate have been  allocated  in  proportion  to the
relationship of the dollar amount change in each.


                                    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 V. 2003
                                           INCREASE (DECREASE) DUE TO CHANGE IN:

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)                      VOLUME         RATE        TOTAL
                                            ------        ------      -------
Interest-earning assets:
         Total securities (1)               $  (17)       $  207      $  190
         Total loans receivable (2)           1,084        (570)         514
         Other interest-earning assets         (55)          (5)        (60)
                                            --------------------------------
         Total net change in income on
           interest-earning assets            1,012        (368)         644

Interest-bearing liabilities:
         Interest-bearing deposits              189        (303)       (114)
         Borrowed funds                       (103)           61        (42)
         Junior subordinated debentures           8          (7)           1
                                            --------------------------------
         Total net change in expense on
           interest-bearing liabilities          94        (249)       (155)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in net interest income                  $918       $(119)        $799

(1) Fully taxable equivalent basis, using 39% effective tax rate and adjusted
    for the TEFRA (Tax and Equity Fiscal Responsibility Act) interest expense
    disallowance.
(2) Includes loan fee income.


                                       21


PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES


For the three months ended  September 30, 2004 the provision for loan losses was
$120 thousand compared to $70 thousand for the quarter ended September 30, 2003,
an increase of $50  thousand or 71.4%.  The  provision  for loan losses was $373
thousand  for the nine  months  ended  September  30,  2004 as  compared to $315
thousand  for the same period last year,  an increase of $58  thousand or 18.4%.
This increase  reflects  growth in the company's loan portfolio of $19.2 million
from $129.8  million at September  30, 2003 to $149.0  million at September  30,
2004. Also, during this period there was a change in the composition of the loan
portfolio.  Commercial and industrial loans,  non-residential real estate loans,
and construction  and land development  loans increased while one to four family
residential property loans and consumer loans decreased.  The provision for loan
losses  reflects  management's  judgment  concerning  the risks  inherent in the
company's  existing loan  portfolio  and the size of the allowance  necessary to
absorb the risks,  as well as the  average  balance of the  portfolio  over both
periods.  Management  reviews the adequacy of its  allowance on an ongoing basis
and will provide additional provisions, as management may deem necessary.



NON-INTEREST INCOME


For the third  quarter of 2004,  total  non-interest  income  increased  by $195
thousand,  or 21.3%,  to $1.1  million  in the third  quarter  of 2004 from $914
thousand in the same period in 2003. This increase in non-interest income in the
third quarter of 2004 over the third  quarter of 2003 is primarily  attributable
to an increase of $125  thousand in  commission  income from the  Company's  new
residential  lending  division,  which began  operation in the third  quarter of
2003, an increase of $42 thousand in investment  brokerage  fees and an increase
of $14 thousand in insurance  commissions and fee income earned by the company's
insurance subsidiary.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, non-interest income increased $495
thousand,  or 16.9%, to $3.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2004
from $2.9 million in the same period in 2003.  Most of this increase is from the
company's new residential  lending  division which began operations in August of
2003.  Mortgage  banking  fees were $456  thousand  for the first nine months of
2004,  compared  to  $49  thousand  for  the  same  period  in  2003.  Insurance
commissions  increased $97 thousand,  or 6.1%, to $1.7 million from $1.6 million
in the year ago period, and investment brokerage fees increased $25 thousand, or
13.0%,  to $217  thousand  during the first nine months of 2004 compared to $192
thousand  in the same  period of 2003.  Of the $68  thousand  increase  in other
income  recorded in the first nine month  period of 2004 over the same period of
2003, $57 thousand is from income recorded on a bank owned life insurance policy
purchased in January of 2004.



                                       22


NON-INTEREST EXPENSE


For the quarter ended September 30, 2004,  non-interest  expense  increased $366
thousand,  or 15.4%, to $2.7 million in the current quarter from $2.4 million in
the third  quarter of 2003.  This  increase is attributed to the increase of the
company's  salaries and employee  benefits of $193 thousand,  or 14.1%,  for the
addition of nineteen full time equivalent  employees and commissions paid on the
residential  mortgage  banking  activity.  Occupancy  expense has  increased $71
thousand,  or 46.1%,  from third quarter of 2003 to the same period in 2004, due
to a new lease  agreement  for  administrative  and  operations  office space at
Sterling Plaza,  Franklin,  New Jersey, which is being rented to accommodate the
company's  growth and  expansion  needs.  Furniture  and  equipment  expense has
increased $48 thousand from the third quarter of 2003 to the same period in 2004
from the purchase of computer  hardware and software made in  connection  with a
major hardware upgrade and system conversion in May of 2004.

For the nine months ended  September 30, 2004,  non-interest  expense  increased
$913 thousand, or 12.9%, to $8.0 million in the current period from $7.1 million
for the first nine months of 2003. Salaries and employee benefits increased $656
thousand,  or 16.4%,  relating to general staff  increases and costs  associated
with an  increased  number of  commission  based  employees.  Occupancy  expense
increased  $161 thousand,  or 33.7%,  for the first nine months of 2004 over the
same  period in 2003 for the  lease  and  occupancy  of new  administrative  and
operations offices at Sterling Plaza in Franklin, New Jersey.

Although  insurance  commissions  and fees  increased year to year over both the
three month and nine month periods,  our insurance  operations  reported reduced
earnings in both the three and nine month periods of 2004 compared to 2003.  For
the nine months ended September 30, 2004, our insurance operations earned income
before income taxes of $115 thousand, a decline from the $165 thousand earned in
the year ago period,  and for the three months  ended  September  30, 2004,  our
insurance operations recorded a $21 thousand loss before income taxes,  compared
to earnings of $68 thousand in the year ago period.  The decline in reported net
earnings of our insurance operations reflects increased  amortization expense of
$26 thousand from the purchase of the book of business on an acquired  insurance
agency in 2003. Under the terms of the 2003 purchase,  the amortization  expense
will increase to approximately  $28 thousand per quarter by the first quarter of
2005 and then end in December of 2005.  In addition,  net income from  insurance
operations  declined  in 2004,  by $53  thousand  in the third  quarter  and $18
thousand for the nine months,  reflecting  the higher  commission  rates paid to
producers  on newly  booked  business as  Tri-State  continued  to increase  its
insurance originations.



INCOME TAXES


Income tax expense  increased $52 thousand to $143  thousand (26%  effective tax
rate) for the three months  ended,  September  30, 2004 compared to $91 thousand
(22% effective tax rate) for the same period in 2003. Income taxes increased $99
thousand  for the nine months ended  September  30, 2004 to $430  thousand  (27%
effective tax rate) as compared to $331  thousand  (25%  effective tax rate) for
the nine months  ended  September  30,  2003.  These  increases  in income taxes
resulted from an increase in income before taxes of $139 thousand, or 34.2%, for
the three month period  ended  September  30, 2004  compared to the same quarter
ended in 2003 and an increase in income before taxes of $275 thousand, or 20.8%,
for the nine month  period  ended  September  30,  2004 as  compared to the same
period in 2003.  The  effective  tax rate is below the statutory tax rate due to
tax-exempt  interest  on  securities  and  earnings  on the  investment  in life
insurance.

DECEMBER 31, 2003 AS COMPARED TO DECEMBER 31, 2002:


For the year ended December 31, 2003,  the company's net income was  $1,441,000,
an increase of $285  thousand,  or 24.7%,  over the  $1,156,000  earned in 2002.
Basic net income per share,  as  adjusted  for the 2003 5% stock  dividend,  was
$0.80 for 2003, compared to basic net income per share of $0.66 in 2002. Diluted
net  income  per share for 2003 was $0.78,  compared  to diluted  net income per
share of $0.64,  in 2002. The change in per share earnings  reflects an increase
in net  income  partially  offset  by an  increased  number  of  average  shares
outstanding  during  2003,  as  the  company's  weighted  average  basic  shares
outstanding increased to 1,790,142 from 1,748,102.

The  company's  results for 2003 were  affected by  increases of $587,000 in net
interest  income and $811,000 in  non-interest  income,  partially  offset by an
increase of  $1,029,000 in total other  expenses,  and $105,000 in provision for
loan losses.


                                       23


The  results  reflect  an  increase  in net  interest  income,  a result of both
increasing  interest  income  and  decreasing  interest  expense,  coupled  with
increases  in  non-interest  income  primarily  due to an  increase  in mortgage
banking  fees  from  our  residential  lending  division,  partially  offset  by
increases in non-interest expenses associated with additions to staff and higher
related salary and benefit expenses.

COMPARATIVE AVERAGE BALANCES AND AVERAGE INTEREST RATES


The following  table reflects the  components of our daily average  balances for
the years ended December 31, 2003,  2002 and 2001 and presents the daily average
interest  rates earned on assets and the daily  average  interest  rates paid on
liabilities  for such  periods and the  company's  net  interest  income and net
interest margin. Rates are computed on a tax-equivalent basis.



                                                                  Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)                     2003                                     2002                           2001
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Average  Interest  Average      Average   Interest  Average     Average  Interest  Average
Earning Assets:                 Balance    (1 )    Rate (2)     Balance     ( 1)    Rate (2)    Balance    (1)     Rate (2)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            
Securities:
      Tax exempt (3)             $18,903   $1,049      5.55%      $12,523     $686      5.48%     $7,014     $371      5.29%
      Taxable                     56,733    1,783      3.14%       45,838    2,127      4.64%     38,164    2,183      5.72%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total securities                  75,636    2,832      3.74%       58,361    2,813      4.82%     45,178    2,554      5.65%
Taxable loans: (net of
unearned income)
     Mortgage and construction    77,754    5,207      6.70%       63,113    4,598      7.29%     59,268    4,700      7.93%
     Commercial                   17,538    1,004      5.72%       12,410      793      6.39%     10,238      837      8.18%
     Consumer                     28,873    1,882      6.52%       32,696    2,343      7.17%     33,511    2,555      7.62%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total loans receivable (4)       124,165    8,093      6.52%      108,219    7,734      7.15%    103,017    8,092      7.86%
Other interest-earning assets     13,099      156      1.19%       30,045      505      1.68%     27,734    1,027      3.70%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total earning assets            $212,900  $11,081      5.20%     $196,625  $11,052      5.62%   $175,929  $11,673      6.64%

Non-interest earning assets      $21,697                          $19,553                        $13,904
Allowance for loan losses        (1,570)                          (1,281)                       ($1,048)
-----------------------------------------                     ------------                     ----------
Total Assets                    $233,027                         $214,897                       $188,785
=========================================                     ============                     ==========

Sources of Funds:
Interest bearing deposits:
      NOW                        $45,965     $249      0.54%      $34,829     $282      0.81%    $17,885     $226      1.26%
      Money market                 3,970       28      0.72%        4,272       42      0.98%      7,029      185      2.63%
      Savings                     64,831      511      0.79%       61,405      777      1.27%     50,334    1,377      2.74%
      Time                        53,146    1,251      2.35%       57,186    1,750      3.06%     65,486    3,398      5.19%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest bearing deposits  167,912    2,039      1.21%      157,692    2,851      1.81%    140,734    5,186      3.68%
      Borrowed funds              12,772      573      4.49%       12,192      553      4.54%     10,000      502      5.02%
      Capital debentures           5,000      248      4.96%        2,383      132      5.54%          0        0      0.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest bearing
  liabilities                   $185,684   $2,860      1.54%     $172,267   $3,536      2.05%   $150,734   $5,688      3.77%

Non-interest bearing
liabilities:
      Demand deposits            $31,112                          $27,469                        $25,412
      Other liabilities            2,196                            2,395                            801
-----------------------------------------                     ------------                     ----------
Total non-interest bearing
  liabilities                     33,308                           29,864                        $26,213
Stockholders' equity              14,035                           12,766                        $11,838
-----------------------------------------                     ------------                     ----------
Total Liabilities and
  Stockholders' Equity          $233,027                         $214,897                       $188,785
=========================================                     ============                     ==========

--------------------------------        ---------------------            ---------------------          ---------------------
Net Interest Income and Margin(5)          $8,221      3.86%                $7,516      3.82%              $5,985      3.40%
================================        =====================            =====================          =====================




                                       24


(1) Includes loan fee income
(2) Average rates on securities are calculated on amortized costs
(3) Full taxable equivalent basis, using a 39% effective tax rate and adjusted
    for "TEFRA" (Tax and Equity Fiscal Responsibility Act) intrest expense 
    disallowance
(4) Loans outstanding include non-accrual loans
(5) Represents the difference between interest earned and interest paid, divided
    by average total interest-earning assets


NET INTEREST INCOME

Net interest  income is the  difference  between  interest and fees on loans and
other interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
Net  interest  income is  directly  affected  by  changes  in volume  and mix of
interest-earning  assets and  interest-bearing  liabilities  that support  those
assets,  as well as changing  interest rates when differences exist in repricing
dates of assets and liabilities.

Net  interest  income,  on a fully  taxable  equivalent  basis (a 39% tax rate),
increased by $705  thousand,  or 9.4% in 2003 to $8.2  million  compared to $7.5
million in 2002. Total interest  income,  on a fully taxable  equivalent  basis,
increased  by $29  thousand  to remain  at $11.1  million  for the  years  ended
December 31, 2003 and 2002 as the rate earned on average earning assets declined
by 42 basis points to 5.20% for the year ended  December 31, 2003 from 5.62% for
the prior year.  Average earning assets  increased by $16.3 million,  or 8.3% to
$212.9  million  from  $196.6  million  for the year ended  December  31,  2002,
partially  offsetting the decline in rates.  Interest expense  decreased by $676
thousand, or 19.1% to $2.9 million from $3.5 million for the year ended December
31, 2002 as a result of declines in market rates of  interest.  The average rate
paid on interest  bearing  liabilities  declined by 51 basis points to 1.54% for
the current year from 2.05% for the year ended  December 31, 2002.  The decrease
in rate on both earning  assets and interest  bearing  liabilities  reflects the
stable rate  environment  that occurred during 2003, as the Federal Reserve kept
interest  rates at their current levels and assets and  liabilities  repriced to
those levels.

Interest  income on total  loans  increased  from $7.7  million  in 2002 to $8.1
million in 2003, an increase of $359 thousand or 4.7%.  Average loans  increased
by $15.9  million,  or 14.7% to $124.2  million from $108.2 million for the year
ended  December  31,  2002,  offset by a decrease in the average  rate earned to
6.52% for the year ended  December  31, 2003 from 7.15% for the prior  year.  As
discussed above, the low rate environment in 2003 caused the decline in yield on
the loan  portfolio,  as older,  higher  rate loans were  replaced  by new loans
bearing the current low rates.

Total  interest  income on  securities,  on a fully  taxable  equivalent  basis,
increased  by $19  thousand  to  remain at $2.8  million  for both  years  ended
December 31, 2003 and 2002, as the increase in the average balance of investment
securities  was  offset  by a  reduction  in  yield on the  portfolio.  The rate
environment  continued to remain low in the mortgage  backed  securities  market
with  consumers  taking  advantage  of  refinancing  opportunities.  Higher rate
mortgage backed  securities during 2003 continued to pre-pay due to the low rate
environment.  The average  yield on tax-exempt  securities  increased by 7 basis
points,  which was offset by a decrease  of 150 basis  points  earned on taxable
investment securities. The yield on the total securities portfolio fell to 3.74%
in the current year from 4.82% for the year ended December 31, 2002.

Interest income on other interest-earning  assets,  primarily federal funds sold
and,  to  a  lesser  extent,   interest  bearing  deposits  in  other  financial
institutions,  decreased by $349  thousand,  or 69.1% to $156,000 from $505,000.
The decrease  primarily occurred due to the company's average balance in federal
funds  sold  decreasing  by $14.2  million  to $9.6  million  for the year  2003
compared to $23.8  million in 2002 and a 51 basis point  decrease in the average
yield on federal funds sold during the same periods.

Total interest  expense  decreased from $3.5 million in 2002 to $2.9 million for
2003, a decrease of $676 thousand or 19.1%.  The decrease is attributable to the
company's  ability to lower the interest rate paid on its  liabilities  to lower
current rates and a continued change in the company's  deposit mix toward demand
and NOW accounts and away from time deposits. During 2003, the company's average
interest-bearing  liabilities  increased  by $13.4  million,  or 7.8% to  $185.7
million  compared to $172.3 million in 2002.  The increase in deposits  occurred


                                       25


due to the  company's  continued  focus on low  cost  demand  and NOW  accounts.
Average NOW  deposits  increased  by $11.1  million to $46.0  million from $34.9
million,  while the yield on NOW accounts  declined to .54% in 2003 from .81% in
2002.  Savings  deposits  increased by $3.4 million to $64.8  million from $61.4
million, while the yield on savings deposits declined to .79% in 2003 from 1.27%
in 2002. The average balance of time deposits decreased by $4.0 million to $53.1
million in 2003 from $57.1  million  in 2002,  while the yield on time  deposits
declined to 2.35% in 2003 from 3.06% in 2002, a decrease of 71 basis points. The
average rate paid on all the company's interest bearing liabilities decreased to
1.54% in 2003 compared to 2.05% in 2002. This reflects the continued  decline in
market rates  during  2003.  In addition,  the  company's  average  non-interest
bearing deposits increased by $3.6 million, or 13.3% in 2003 from year end 2002.


The net interest  margin was 3.86%,  an increase from the net interest margin of
3.82% in 2002  reflecting  a 42 basis point  decrease in yield on total  earning
assets from 5.62% in 2002 to 5.20% in 2003, compared to a 51 basis point decline
in rate on total interest bearing liabilities.

The  following  table  reflects  the relative  impact on net interest  income of
changes in the volume of earning  assets and  interest-bearing  liabilities  and
changes in rates earned and paid by the company on such assets and  liabilities.
For purposes of this table,  non-accrual loans have been included in the average
loan  balance.  Changes  due to both  volume  and rate  have been  allocated  in
proportion to the relationship of the dollar change in each.



                                    December 31, 2003 v. 2002       December 31, 2002 v. 2001
                                       Increase (decrease)             Increase (decrease)
                                           Due to changes in:           Due to changes in:
(Dollars in thousands)              Volume     Rate     Total       Volume     Rate     Total
----------------------              ------     ----     -----       ------     ----     -----
                                                                       
Interest-earning assets:
Total securities (1)                  $728    $(709)      $19         $671    $(412)     $259
Total loans receivable (2)           1,078     (719)      359          396     (754)    (358)
Other interest earning assets        (230)     (119)    (349)           79     (601)    (522)
                                   ----------------------------------------------------------
Total net change in income on
   interest-earning assets           1,576   (1,547)       29        1,146   (1,767)    (621)
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest bearing deposits              177     (989)    (812)          561   (2,896)  (2,335)
Borrowed funds                          26       (6)       20          102      (51)       51
Junior subordinated debentures         131      (15)      116          132         -      132
                                   ----------------------------------------------------------
Total net change in expense on
   interest-bearing liabilities        334   (1,010)    (676)          795   (2,947)  (2,152)
                                   ----------------------------------------------------------

Change in net interest income       $1,242    $(537)     $705         $351    $1,180   $1,531


(1) Fully taxable equivalent basis, using 39% effective tax rate and adjusted
    for TEFRA (Tax and Equity Fiscal Responsibility Act) interest expense
    disallowance.
(2) Includes loan fee income.



PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES


The provision for loan losses in 2003 was $405 thousand  compared to a provision
of $300 thousand in 2002,  an increase of $105  thousand or 35.0%.  The increase
reflects  growth in the  company's  loan  portfolio of $21.0 million from $113.4
million for the year ended  December 31, 2002 to $134.4  million at December 31,
2003. Also, during this period there was a change in the composition of the loan
portfolio.  Commercial and industrial loans,  non-residential real estate loans,
and construction  and land development  loans increased while one to four family
residential property loans and consumer loans decreased.


NON-INTEREST INCOME

The  company's  non-interest  income is primarily  generated  through  insurance
commission income earned through the operation of Tri-State,  service charges on
deposit accounts, ATM and debit card fees and mortgage banking fees.


                                       26


The company's  non-interest income increased by $811 thousand, or 24.6%, to $4.1
million for the year ended  December  31,  2003 from $3.3  million for the prior
year. The increase in non interest  income included an increase of $374 thousand
in commission income from Tri-State, $110 thousand in service charges on deposit
accounts,  and $133 thousand from net realized gain on sale of securities.  With
the addition of the real estate lending  division,  mortgage  banking fee income
increased by $199 thousand.

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

Total  non-interest  expense increased from $8.6 million in 2002 to $9.7 million
in 2003,  an increase  of $1 million,  or 11.9%.  The  increase in  non-interest
expense  reflects  operating  expenses  associated  with  Tri-State,  which  are
primarily volume driven based on the amount of premium income,  as well as other
expenses  associated with the company's  continued growth. In 2003, salaries and
employee benefits, the largest component of  non-interest-expense,  increased by
$838  thousand or 18.1%.  This  increase  reflects  customary  increases for the
bank's and Tri-State's  existing staff and increased  staffing needs  associated
with the company's  growth.  In addition,  all other expenses  increased by $191
thousand reflecting the company's growth and associated costs.

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

The company's income tax provision, which includes both federal and state taxes,
was $505  thousand and $526  thousand for the years ended  December 31, 2003 and
2002,  respectively.  The  decrease in the tax  provision  was due to  increased
tax-exempt income.

FINANCIAL CONDITION


SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AS COMPARED TO DECEMBER 31, 2003;  DECEMBER 31, 2003 COMPARED
TO DECEMBER 31, 2002:

Total assets increased to $259.7 million at September 30, 2004, a $19.1 million,
or 7.9%  increase  from total  assets of $240.6  million at December  31,  2003.
Increases in total assets include  increases of $14.3  million,  or 11.1% in net
loans,  $ 7.4 million,  or 211.4% in interest  bearing time  deposits with other
banks,  $1.0 million in premises and  equipment  and $2.7  million,  or 73.0% in
other  assets,  partially  offset  by a  $3.9  million,  or  5.1%  reduction  in
securities  available for sale and a $2.4 million,  or 15.5% decline in cash and
cash  equivalents.  Asset  increases were financed  through an increase in total
deposits  of $16.1  million,  or 7.8% from $207.7  million at  year-end  2003 to
$223.7 million at September 30, 2004. Total stockholder's  equity increased $1.3
million from $14.9  million at December  31, 2003 to $16.2  million at September
30, 2004.


At December 31, 2003, the company had total assets of $240.6 million compared to
total  assets of $225.9  million at  December  31,  2002,  an  increase of $14.7
million,  or 6.5%.  Net loans  increased to $132.6  million at December 31, 2003
from $112.1  million at December 31, 2002.  Total  deposits  increased to $207.7
million at December 31, 2003 from $189.9 million at December 31, 2002.

LOANS


The loan portfolio  comprises the largest part of the company's  earning assets.
Total loans at September 30, 2004 increased  $14.7  million,  or 10.9% to $149.0
million  from $134.4  million at year-end  2003.  During the  nine-month  period
ending September 30, 2004, new  originations  have exceeded payoffs both through
scheduled  maturities and prepayments.  The company continues to see significant
prepayment  activity as  borrowers  seek to  refinance  loans in the current low
interest  rate  environment.  The  company is  emphasizing  the  origination  of
commercial,  industrial,  and non-residential  real estate loans to increase the
yield in its loan  portfolio  and reduce its  dependence on loans secured by 1-4
family  properties.  The company  has also  increased  its  activity in the loan
participation market. The majority of the originated and sold participations are
commercial  real estate  related loans which exceed the company's  legal lending
limit.  The balance in construction  and land  development  loans increased $7.5
million, or 86.4%,  non-residential real estate loans increased $5.8 million, or
9.8%,  loans secured by farmland  increased $3.5 million or 59.5% and commercial



                                       27



and industrial loans increased $1.7 million,  or 14.0% from December 31, 2003 to
September 30, 2004. Residential 1-4 family real estate loans have decreased $3.8
million,  or 8.1% as residential  mortgage  applicants are being referred to our
residential mortgage division for origination by third party investors.


Loans,  net of the allowance  for loan losses and deferred loan fees,  increased
from $112.1 million at December 31, 2002 to $132.6 million at December 31, 2003,
an increase of $20.6  million,  or 18.4%.  The  increase in the  company's  loan
portfolio  during  2003 was  concentrated  in loans  secured by  non-residential
mortgages and other  commercial  loans.  Loans secured by commercial  properties
increased by $18.1 million, or 44.2%, to $59.2 million at December 31, 2003 from
$41.0 million at December 31, 2002. Commercial and industrial loans increased by
$1.4 million, or 12.8%, to $12.4 million at December 31, 2003 from $11.0 million
at  December  31,  2002.  Loans  secured  by 1-4 family  residential  properties
decreased  by $2.9  million to $46.6  million at  December  31,  2003 from $49.5
million at December 21, 2002,  representing  34.7% of the loan  portfolio.  This
decrease reflects the flat rate environment that we are currently  experiencing,
as prepayments exceed new loan origination held in portfolio.

The  increase in loans was funded  during  2003 by an increase in the  company's
demand deposits,  NOW deposits and savings  deposits,  as well as a reduction in
federal  funds  sold.  The end of year loan to deposit  ratios for 2003 and 2002
were 64.7% and 59.7%, respectively.

The following  table  summarizes the composition of the company's loan portfolio
by type for each of the periods presented.




-----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
                                            September 30,                                 December 31,
-----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
(dollars in thousands)                   2004         2003              2003         2002        2001       2000      1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 
Commercial and industrial loans         $14,131        $12,045           $12,392    $10,985       $8,065   $4,968     $3,811
Non-residential real estate loans        64,962         54,750            59,182     41,035       34,811   27,529     19,759
One to four family residential
property loans                           42,827         48,654            46,587     49,517       51,338   55,138     50,305
Construction and land development
loans                                    16,134          6,428             8,656      8,310        8,515    8,960      7,074
Consumer loans                            1,511          1,438             1,430      2,189        2,245    2,780      2,295
Other loans                               9,570          6,375             6,114      1,335        1,086    1,718      1,519
-----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
Total gross loans                      $149,135       $129,690          $134,361   $113,371     $106,060 $101,093    $84,763
=================================================================  ===========================================================


The  maturity  ranges  of the loan  portfolio  and the  amounts  of  loans  with
predetermined  interest rates and floating rates in each maturity  range,  as of
September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003, are presented in the following table.




                                         SEPTEMBER 30, 2004                          DECEMBER 31, 2003
                                         ------------------                          -----------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)          DUE UNDER      DUE 1-5      DUE OVER        DUE UNDER     DUE 1-5       DUE OVER
                                ONE YEAR        YEARS       FIVE YEARS      ONE YEAR        YEARS       FIVE YEARS
--------------------------- -- ------------ -- --------- -- ----------- -- ------------ - ---------- -- ----------
                                                                                         
Commercial and industrial
     loans                          $4,057       $7,063         $3,011          $5,896       $3,264        $3,232
Non-residential real estate
     loans                           6,017        6,267         52,678           5,521        2,493        51,168
One to four family
     residential property            1,461        5,837         35,529           8,619       16,937        21,031
     loans
Construction and land
     development                    11,074        4,930            130           1,421        2,036         5,199
Consumer loans                         342        1,021            148             388          611           431
Other Loans                             79          111          9,380             819        1,449         3,846
--------------------------- -- ------------ -- --------- -- ----------- -- ------------ - ---------- -- ----------
Total loans                        $23,030      $25,229       $100,876         $22,664      $26,790       $84,907
--------------------------- -- ------------ -- --------- -- ----------- -- ------------ - ---------- -- ----------
Interest rates:
     Predetermined                   4,280       13,658         50,770           7,932       16,248        35,694
     Floating                       18,750       11,571         50,106          14,732       10,542        49,213
--------------------------- -- ------------ -- --------- -- ----------- -- ------------ - ---------- -- ----------
Total Loans                        $23,030      $25,229       $100,876         $22,664      $26,790       $84,907
--------------------------- -- ------------ -- --------- -- ----------- -- ------------ - ---------- -- ----------


                                       28




SECURITIES

The  company's  securities  portfolio is comprised of  securities  that not only
provide interest income,  including tax-exempt income, but also provide a source
of  liquidity  (as all  securities  are  classified  as available  for sale,  as
discussed below),  diversify the earning assets portfolio,  allow for management
of interest  rate risk,  and provide  collateral  for public fund  deposits  and
borrowings.   The  portfolio  is  composed  primarily  of  obligations  of  U.S.
Government agencies and government sponsored entities,  including collateralized
mortgage  obligations  issued by such  agencies  and  entities,  and  tax-exempt
municipal bonds.

The  company  has no  securities  classified  as held to  maturity or as trading
securities.  Securities not classified as securities held to maturity or trading
securities  are  classified as securities  available for sale, and are stated at
fair value.  Unrealized  gains and losses on  securities  available for sale are
excluded from results of operations, and are reported as a separate component to
stockholders' equity, net of taxes.  Securities classified as available for sale
include  securities  that may be sold in response to changes to interest  rates,
changes in prepayment  risk,  the need to increase  regulatory  capital or other
similar requirements.  Management  determines the appropriate  classification of
securities at the time of purchase.  At both September 30, 2004 and December 31,
2003, all of the company's securities were classified as available for sale.


Securities,  available for sale, at fair value,  decreased $3.9 million, or 5.1%
from $76.5 million at year-end 2003 to $72.6 million at September 30, 2004.  The
Company  purchased  $24.2 million in new  securities in the first nine months of
2004,  $7.3 million of  securities  were sold and $20.6 million in available for
sale securities matured,  were called and were repaid. There was a $217 thousand
net increase in unrealized  gains in the available  for sale  portfolio;  an $11
thousand  realized  gain on the sale of available for sale  securities  and $456
thousand in net amortization  expenses  recorded during the first nine months of
2004.  There were no held to maturity  securities  at  September  30, 2004 or at
December 31, 2003.


The company's  securities  increased by $3.8 million, or 5.2% from $72.7 million
at December 31, 2002 to $76.5 million at December 31, 2003.  The net increase in
securities at December 31, 2003 was due to the company  investing  $56.1 million
in new  purchases  offsetting  $45.9  million  in called  securities,  scheduled
maturities and pay-downs,  as well as $4.9 million in securities sales. Year-end
balances increased in state and political tax-exempt  securities by $5.8 million
to $21.5 million.

The following table shows the carrying value of the company's security portfolio
at each of the periods  presented.  Securities  available for sale are stated at
their fair value.




(dollars in thousands)             September 30,                     December 31,
------------------------------------------------------   ---------------------------------
Available for sale               2004        2003            2003        2002        2001
------------------------------------------------------   ---------------------------------
                                                                    
U.S. Treasury securities       $    --     $    --         $    --     $    --     $ 1,531
U.S. Government agency          11,249      13,122          14,658      13,612       7,295
State and political
subdivisions                    21,633      21,493          21,542      15,785       7,626
Mortgage-backed securities      36,214      32,041          34,972      35,554      20,745
Corporate securities             2,613       8,191           4,479       6,886       4,661
Equity securities                  903         883             894         883         854
------------------------------------------------------   ---------------------------------
Total available for sale       $72,612     $75,730         $76,545     $72,720     $42,712
======================================================   =================================



                                       29



The  contractual  maturity  distribution  and  weighted  average  yield  of  the
company's  securities  portfolio at September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003 are
summarized in the following table.  Securities available for sale are carried at
amortized  cost in the table for purposes of  calculating  the weighted  average
yield  received on such  securities.  Weighted  average  yield is  calculated by
dividing  income within each  maturity  range by the  outstanding  amount of the
related investment and has not been tax-effected on the tax-exempt obligations.



September 30, 2004                  Due under 1 Year      Due 1-5 Years         Due 5-10 Years      Due over Years
(dollars in thousands)               Amount  Yield       Amount    Yield        Amount   Yield      Amount   Yield
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     
Available for sale:
U.S. Government agency                 $500  6.74%       $9,768    2.45%          $999   2.53%     $    --     --
State and political subdivisions        959  1.95%                               1,502   4.28%      18,744   4.24%
Mortgage-backed securities                                  380    3.52%        11,710   3.89%      23,991   3.92%
Corporate securities                  1,010  6.31%        1,520    6.01%
Equity securities                        --    --            --      --             --     --          900   4.35%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total available for sale             $2,469  4.70%      $11,668    2.95%       $14,211   3.84%     $43,635   4.07%
===================================================================================================================



September 30, 2003                  Due under 1 Year      Due 1-5 Years         Due 5-10 Years      Due over Years
(dollars in thousands)               Amount  Yield       Amount    Yield        Amount   Yield      Amount   Yield
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     
Available for sale:
U.S. Government agency               $1,499 6.63%         $11,370 2.13%       $1,782    2.07%       $ --       --
State and political subdivisions        755 1.80%              --    --        2,865    3.85%     17,594    3.76%
Mortgage-backed securities               --    --             374 3.64%        9,408    3.50%     25,274    3.89%
Corporate securities                  1,756 4.56%           2,555 6.16%           --       --         --       --
Equity securities                        --    --              --    --           --       --        899    4.35%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total available for sale             $4,010 4.81%         $14,299 2.89%      $14,055    3.39%    $43,767    3.85%
==================================================================================================================


As of September 30, 2004,  the company also holds  $690,000 in Federal Home Loan
Bank of New  York  stock  that it does  not  consider  an  investment  security.
Ownership of this  restricted  stock is required for  membership  in the Federal
Home Loan Bank of New York.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

At September  30, 2004,  the company had no Federal  funds sold, a decrease from
$4.2  million  at  year-end  2003,  as  excess  liquidity  was used to fund loan
originations and  interest-bearing  deposits with other banks. Cash and cash due
from banks  increased  by $1.8 million  from $11.3  million at year-end  2003 to
$13.1 million at September 30, 2004. During the first nine months of 2004, these
funds were provided by the increase in total deposits and have been used to fund
increased loan demand.


                                       30



The company's cash and cash equivalents decreased by $10.6 million, or 40.6% for
the year ended  December  31,  2003,  to $15.5  million  from  $26.1  million at
December 31,  2002.  The decrease  reflects the  company's  reduction in federal
funds sold  balance,  as these funds were used to fund loan demand and  purchase
investment securities.


PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT; OTHER ASSETS


Premises and equipment increased by $1.0 million, or 21.9%, from $4.7 million at
December 31, 2003 to $5.7 million on September  30, 2004.  This increase was due
to a renovation  project at the main office  location in  Franklin,  New Jersey,
leasehold  improvements  at the  company's  new  administrative  and  operations
facility  and the  company's  purchase of new  computer  hardware  and  software
attributed to a network upgrade and system  conversion.  Other assets  increased
from $3.7 million on December 31, 2003 to $6.4 million on September 30, 2004, an
increase of $ $2.7 million,  or 73.0%.  This $2.7 million increase was generated
from the purchase of a $1.5 million bank owned life insurance  policy in January
of 2004,  the  prepayment of the Company's  expenses and insurance  policies and
deferred tax asset balances increasing during this nine month period.


DEPOSITS


Total deposits  increased  $16.1 million,  or 7.7%, to $223.7 million during the
first nine months of 2004 from $207.7 million at December 31, 2003. Non-interest
bearing deposits increased $5.2 million,  or 16.4% to $36.9 million at September
30, 2004 from $31.7 million at December 31, 2003,  interest-bearing  and savings
deposits  increased  $5.5 million,  or 4.6%, to $125.0  million at September 30,
2004 from  $119.5  million at year end and total time  deposits  increased  $5.4
million,  or 9.5% from $56.5  million at December  31, 2003 to $61.9  million at
September 30, 2004.  Non-interest bearing business and interest bearing business
deposit balances increased $3.3 million, or 14.6% from $22.4 million at December
31, 2003 to $25.7  million at September  30, 2004 and Interest on Lawyers  Trust
Account ("IOLTA") accounts and public fund account balances have recorded a $5.8
million,  or 25.9% increase in the first nine months of 2004 to $28.1 million at
September 30, 2004 from $22.3 million at year end 2003.  Management continues to
monitor the shift in deposits through its Asset/Liability Committee.


Total average  deposits  increased $13.9 million from $185.1 million at year-end
2002 to $199.0 million at year-end 2003, a 7.5% increase.  Average savings,  NOW
and money  market  accounts  increased to $114.8  million,  an increase of $14.3
million,  or 14.2% from $100.5 million at year-end  2002.  Average time deposits
decreased  to $53.1  million  compared to $57.2  million at year-end  2002.  The
increase primarily in savings and interest bearing transaction deposits reflects
the  company's  continued  offering  of low cost  accounts  through a  marketing
program.  The company also continues to actively bid on municipal deposits along
with  its  efforts  to  cultivate  commercial  deposit  relationships  with  its
commercial loan customers.

The average  balances and weighted average weights paid on deposits for the nine
month  periods  ending  September  30, 2004 and September 30, 2003 are presented
below.




                                           FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                   ----------------------------------------------------
                                          2004 AVERAGE                2003 AVERAGE
       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)          BALANCE       RATE          BALANCE      RATE
                                   -------------  ----------   -------------   --------
                                                                    
    DEMAND, NON-INTEREST BEARING     $ 32,923         --          $ 30,475        --
    NOW ACCOUNTS                       45,671        0.45%          44,786      0.57%
    MONEY MARKET ACCOUNTS              11,392        1.09%           4,044      0.76%
    SAVINGS                            66,505        0.65%          64,586      0.83%
    TIME                               57,051        2.0%           52,892      2.42%
    ------------------------------ -------------  ----------   --------------  --------
    TOTAL DEPOSITS:                  $213,542                     $196,783
                                   =============               =============



                                       31


The average  balances and weighted average rates paid on deposits for 2003, 2002
and 2001 are presented below.



                                                           FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                      ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          2003 AVERAGE               2002 AVERAGE              2001 AVERAGE
       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)         BALANCE        RATE        BALANCE        RATE       BALANCE        RATE
                                      ---------    ---------    ----------    ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                                                       
    DEMAND, NON-INTEREST BEARING       $31,112        --          $27,469        --         $25,412        --
    NOW ACCOUNTS                        45,965      0.54%          34,829      0.81%         17,885      1.26%
    MONEY MARKET ACCOUNTS                3,970      0.72%           4,272      0.98%          7,029      2.63%
    SAVINGS                             64,831      0.79%          61,405      1.27%         50,334      2.74%
    TIME                                53,146      2.35%          57,186      3.06%         65,486      5.19%
    ------------------------------ -- --------- -- --------- -- ---------- -- --------- -- --------- -- ---------
    TOTAL DEPOSITS:                   $199,024                   $185,161                  $166,146
                                      =========                 ==========                 =========


The  remaining  maturity for  certificates  of deposit rates paid on deposits of
$100,000  or more as of  September  30,  2004  and as of  December  31,  2003 is
presented in the following table.


                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)   SEPTEMBER       DECEMBER 31,
                                           30, 2004           2003
               ------------------------- ------------- ----------------
               3 MONTHS OR LESS            $11,686           $5,245
               3 TO 6 MONTHS                 4,046            1,101
               6 TO 12 MONTHS                2,189            1,986
               OVER 12 MONTHS                2,689            3,689
               ------------------------- ------------- ----------------
               TOTAL:                      $20,610          $12,021
               ------------------------- ------------- ----------------


LOAN AND ASSET QUALITY


Non-performing  assets  consist of  non-accrual  loans and all loans over ninety
days  delinquent and  foreclosed  real estate owned  ("OREO").  At September 30,
2004,  non-accrual loans increased by $110 thousand, or 9.2% to $1.3 million, as
compared to $1.2 million at December  31, 2003.  There were no loans ninety days
past due and still  accruing or  renegotiated  loans at September 30, 2004.  The
company had $514  thousand in OREO  properties  at  September  30, 2004 and $223
thousand at December 31, 2003.

The company's  non-accrual  loans decreased to $1.2 million at December 31, 2003
from $1.3  million at December 31, 2002.  At December  31, 2003,  the  company's
restructured  loans  amounted to $150  thousand.  Restructured  loans are put on
accrual basis if the customer  demonstrates  the ability to repay the debt under
the  terms  of the  renegotiation  by a  period  of  performance,  by  financial
statements or other evidence of ability to service debt.


The company seeks to actively manage its non-performing  assets. The company had
$223  thousand  in OREO  properties  at December  31, 2003 and $187  thousand at
December 31, 2002. In addition to active monitoring and collecting on delinquent
loans  management has an active loan review process for customers with aggregate
relationships of $250,000 or more if the credit(s) are unsecured or secured,  in
whole or substantial  part, by collateral  other than real estate and $1,000,000
or more if the  credit(s)  are  secured  in  whole or  substantial  part by real
estate.

Management  continues to monitor the  company's  asset quality and believes that
the non-accrual  loans are adequately  collateralized  and anticipated  material
losses have been adequately reserved for in the allowance for loan losses.


                                       32


The following  table  provides  information  regarding risk elements in the loan
portfolio at each of the periods presented (dollars in thousands):




                                       September 30,                   December 31,
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------
(dollars in thousands)               2004      2003      2003      2002      2001      2000      1999
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          
Non-accrual loans:
   Commercial                      $  728    $  344    $  343    $  256    $   --    $    5    $   --
   Consumer                             4        11        --        21        16         5        --
   Construction                        --        71        --       145     1,512        --        --
   Mortgage                           555       748       834       836       966       542       332
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------
Total nonaccrual loans             $1,287    $1,174    $1,177    $1,258    $2,494    $  552    $  332
Loans past due 90 days and still
  accruing                             --        --        --        36        --        --        --
Restructured loans                     --        --       150        --        --        --        --
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------
Total non-performing loans         $1,287    $1,174    $1,327    $1,294    $2,494    $  552    $  332
Foreclosed real estate                514       223       223       187       187        --        --
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------
Total non-performing assets        $1,801    $1,397    $1,550    $1,481    $2,681    $  552    $  332
                                   ==================================================================
Non-performing loans to total        
  loans                              0.86%     0.93%     0.99%     1.14%     2.35%     0.55%     0.39%
Non-performing assets to total
  assets                             0.69%     0.59%     0.64%     0.66%     1.32%     0.34%     0.22%
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------



ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

The allowance is allocated to specific loan categories  based upon  management's
classification  of problem loans under the bank's  internal loan grading  system
and to pools of other loans that are not individually analyzed. Management makes
allocations to specific loans based on the present value of expected future cash
flows or the fair value of the  underlying  collateral for impaired loans and to
other  classified  loans based on various  credit risk  factors.  These  factors
include collateral values, the financial  condition of the borrower and industry
and current economic trends.

Allocations to commercial loan pools are categorized by commercial loan type and
are based on management's  judgment concerning  historical loss trends and other
relevant factors. Installment and residential mortgage loan allocations are made
at a total  portfolio  level based on historical  loss  experience  adjusted for
portfolio activity and current  conditions.  Additionally,  all other delinquent
loans are grouped by the number of days  delinquent  with this amount assigned a
general reserve amount.


At September  30,  2004,  the  allowance  for loan losses was $2.1  million,  an
increase of 19.8% from the $1.7 million at year-end 2003. The provision for loan
losses  was  $373,000  and  there  were  $36,000  in charge  offs and  $7,000 in
recoveries  reported in the first nine months of 2004.  The  allowance  for loan
losses as a percentage  of total loans was 1.39% at September  30, 2004 compared
to 1.29% on December 31, 2003.  The increase  reflects  growth in the  company's
loan  portfolio  of $14.6  million  from $134.4  million at December 31, 2003 to
$149.0  million at  September  30,  2004.  Also,  during this period there was a
change in the  composition  of the loan  portfolio.  Commercial  and  industrial
loans,  non-residential real estate loans, and construction and land development
loans increased while one to four family residential property loans decreased.

The  provision  for loan losses was $405,000 and $300,000 for the years 2003 and
2002, respectively. The increase reflects growth in the company's loan portfolio
of $21.0 million from $113.4  million at December 31, 2002 to $134.4  million at
December  31,  2003.  Also,  during  this  period  there  was a  change  in  the
composition  of  the  loan   portfolio.   Commercial   and   industrial   loans,
non-residential  real estate loans, and construction and land development  loans
increased while one to four family residential property loans decreased.


The allowance  for loan losses  represented  1.29% of total loans  receivable at
December  31,  2003 as  compared  to  1.22% at  December  31,  2002.  Management
regularly assesses the  appropriateness and adequacy of the loan loss reserve in
relation to credit exposure associated with individual borrowers, overall trends
in the loan  portfolio and other relevant  factors,  and believes the reserve is
reasonable and adequate for each of the periods presented.


                                       33


Total  charge-offs  were  $62,000 for 2003  compared  to $59,000 in 2002.  Total
charge-offs  as a percent  of  average  loans were 0.05% for both years 2003 and
2002.

The table below  presents  information  regarding  the  company's  provision and
allowance for loan losses for each of the periods presented.




                                             Nine Months Ended
                                               September 30,                  Year Ended December 31,
                                              ----------------    ----------------------------------------------
(dollars in thousands)                          2004      2003      2003      2002      2001      2000      1999
                                              ----------------    ----------------------------------------------
                                                                                     
Balance at beginning of year                  $1,734    $1,386    $1,386    $1,143    $  973    $  837    $  665
                                              ----------------    ----------------------------------------------
Provision charged to operating
expenses                                         373       315       405       300       252       229       177
                                              ----------------    ----------------------------------------------
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
     Commercial                                   --        --        --        --         1         8         7
     Consumer                                      3         1         1         2        --         1         3
     Real Estate                                   4        --         4        --        --         2        --
                                              ----------------    ----------------------------------------------
Total recoveries                                   7         1         5         2         1        11        10
                                              ----------------    ----------------------------------------------
Loans charged-off:
     Commercial                                   15        --        --        --        --        --        --
     Consumer                                     17        19        31        19        26        --        15
     Real Estate                                   4        31        31        40        57       104        --
                                              ----------------    ----------------------------------------------
Total charge-offs                                 36        50        62        59        83       104        15
                                              ----------------    ----------------------------------------------
Net charge-offs                                   29        49        57        57        82        93         5
                                              ----------------    ----------------------------------------------
Balance at end of year                        $2,078    $1,652    $1,734    $1,386    $1,143    $  973    $  837
                                              ----------------    ----------------------------------------------
Net charge-offs to average loans                0.02%     0.04%     0.05%     0.05%     0.08%     0.10%     0.01%
outstanding
Allowance for loan losses to
year-end loans                                  1.39%     1.27%     1.29%     1.22%     1.08%     0.96%     0.99%
                                              =================   ==============================================



The  following  table  sets  forth  details  concerning  the  allocation  of the
allowance  for loan  losses to the  various  categories  for each of the periods
presented.  The  allocation  is  made  for  analytical  purposes  and  it is not
necessarily  indicative  of the  categories  in which future  credit  losses may
occur.  The total  allowance is  available to absorb  losses from any segment of
loans.




                                                                Allowance for Loans Losses at
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          December 31,
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    September 30, 2004        2003               2002               2001             2000                1999
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                % of               % of               % of               % of              % of               % of
(dollars in                    Gross              Gross               Gross             Gross              Gross              Gross
thousands)            Amount   Loans    Amount    Loans    Amount     Loans   Amount    Loans    Amount    Loans    Amount    Loans
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         
Commercial           $  628    30.22%   $  494     9.22%   $  396     9.69%   $  233     7.60%   $  159     4.91%   $   95     4.50%
Consumer and other
loans                    27     1.30%      109     5.62%       45     3.11%       37     3.14%       44     4.45%        7     4.50%
Real estate,
construction
and development:
   Commercial         1,267    60.97%      990    50.49%      681    43.52%      656    40.85%      553    36.09%      359    31.66%
   Residential          156     7.51%      141    34.67%      264    43.68%      217    48.41%      217    54.55%      376    59.34%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                $2,078   100.00%   $1,734   100.00%   $1,386   100.00%   $1,143   100.00%   $  973   100.00%   $  837   100.00%
====================================================================================================================================




                                       34



The  increases in the  allowance  for loan losses to total loans over the period
1999 to 2004 reflects  growth in the company's  loan portfolio and the change in
the  composition of the loan  portfolio.  Commercial  loans have increased while
consumer loans have decreased.

BORROWINGS

Long-term  borrowings  consist of long term  advances from the Federal Home Loan
Bank. These advances are secured under terms of a blanket  collateral  agreement
by a pledge of qualifying  investment  securities and certain mortgage loans. As
of September  30, 2004 and December 31, 2003,  the company had $10.0  million in
notes  outstanding  at an average  interest  rate of 4.79% and $11.0  million in
notes  outstanding  at an  average  interest  rate of  4.49%,  respectively.  By
comparison,  at  December  31,  2002,  the  company  had $15.0  million in notes
outstanding with an average interest rate of 4.54%.

The following table summarizes  short-term  borrowings which consists of federal
finds purchased and weighted average interest rates paid:



                                                      NINE MONTHS ENDED       YEAR ENDED
                                                     SEPTEMBER 30, 2004    DECEMBER 31, 2003
                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                            
Average daily amount of short-term borrowings 
outstanding during the period                              $   76                 $--

Weighted average interest rate on average 
daily short-term borrowings                                 1.78%                  --

Maximum outstanding short-term borrowings 
outstanding at any month-end                               $2,385                  --

Short-term borrowings outstanding at period end            $2,385                  --

Weighted average interest rate on short-term 
borrowings at period end                                     2.04%                 --


The company had no short-term borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2003.


INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY

An interest rate sensitive asset or liability is one that, within a defined time
period,  either  matures or  experiences  an  interest  rate change in line with
general market interest rates.  Interest rate sensitivity is the volatility of a
company's earnings from a movement in market interest rates. Interest rate "gap"
analysis is a common, though imperfect, measure of interest rate risk. We do not
employ  gap  analysis  as rate risk  management  tool,  but  rather we rely upon
earnings  at risk  analysis to forecast  the impact on our net  interest  income
instantaneous  100 and 200 basis point  increases and decreases in market rates.
In assessing  the impact on earnings,  the rate shock  analysis  assumes that no
change occurs in our funding  sources or types of assets in response to the rate
change.

Our board of directors  has  established  limits for interest rate risk based on
the  percentage  change  in net  interest  income  we would  incur in  differing
interest rate scenarios.  Through year end 2003, we sought to remain  relatively
balanced,  and our  policies  called for a  variance  of no more than 25% of net
interest income, at a 100 and 200 basis point increase or decrease.  At December
31, 2003 the percentage of change were within policy limits.

Our financial  modeling  simulates our cash flows,  interest income and interest
expense from earning assets and interest bearing  liabilities for a twelve month
period  in  each of the  different  interest  rate  environments,  using  actual
individual  deposit,  loan and  investment  maturities  and  rates in the  model
calculations. Assumptions regarding the likelihood of prepayments on residential
mortgage  loans  and  investments  are made  based on  historical  relationships
between  interest  rates  and  prepayments.  Commercial  loans  with  prepayment
penalties  are  assumed to pay on  schedule  to  maturity.  In actual  practice,
commercial  borrowers may request and be granted interest rate reductions during
the life of a commercial loan due to competition from financial institutions and
declining interest rates.


                                       35



The  following  table sets forth our interest rate risk profile at September 30,
2004 and December 31, 2003.  The  interest  rate  sensitivity  of our assets and
liabilities, and the impact on net interest income, illustrated in the following
table would vary  substantially if different  assumptions were used or if actual
experience differs from that indicated by the assumptions.




                                SEPTEMBER 30, 2004              DECEMBER 31, 2003
                         CHANGE      CHANGE     GAP AS A    CHANGE     CHANGE IN   GAP AS
                         IN NET      IN NET      % OF       IN NET       NET       A % OF
                        INTEREST    INTEREST     TOTAL      INTEREST   INTEREST    TOTAL
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)   INCOME      MARGIN      ASSETS     INCOME      MARGIN     ASSETS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 
Down 200 basis points     ($681)     (0.26%)     13.13%     ($513)     (5.93%)     10.68%
Down 100 basis points      (193)     (0.07%)      7.45%      (150)     (1.73%)      6.24%

Up 100 basis points         (52)     (0.02%)     -2.01%      (209)     (2.41%)     (8.68%)
Up 200 basis points        (165)     (0.06%)     -3.19%      (493)     (5.70%)     (10.26%)


LIQUIDITY


It is management's intent to fund future loan demand primarily with deposits and
maturities and pay downs on  investments.  In addition,  the bank is a member of
the Federal  Home Loan Bank of New York and as of September  30,  2004,  had the
ability to borrow up to $15.8 million  against its one to four family  mortgages
and selected investment  securities as collateral for borrowings.  The bank also
has available an overnight  line of credit and a one-month  overnight  repricing
line of credit,  each in the amount of $12.3  million at the  Federal  Home Loan
Bank and an  overnight  line of credit  in the  amount  of $4.0  million  at the
Atlantic Central Bankers Bank. Although  historically a seller of Federal funds,
at September  30, 2004 the Company had $2.4 million in overnight  federal  funds
purchased. On September 29, 2004 the Company purchased a ninety day time deposit
for $3.4 million as a short-term investment strategy to offset a customer's time
deposit of the same maturity.  Since October 5, 2004 the Company has returned to
a selling  position.  The Company also has long-term  borrowings  totaling $10.0
million  secured by the pledge of its one to four family  mortgages and selected
securities.  These borrowings consist of three notes that mature on December 21,
2010 with a convertible quarterly option which allows the Federal Home Loan Bank
to change the note to then current  market  rates.  The interest  rates on these
three borrowings range from 4.77% to 5.14%.

At  September  30,  2004,  the  amount  of  liquid  assets  remained  at a level
management deemed adequate to ensure that contractual  liabilities,  depositors'
withdrawal  requirements,  and other operational and customer credit needs could
be satisfied.  At September 30, 2004, liquid investments  totaled $13.1 million,
and all mature within 30 days.

At September 30, 2004, the company had $72.6 million of securities classified as
available  for sale.  Of these  securities,  $27.4 million have $320 thousand of
unrealized losses and therefore are not available for liquidity purposes because
of management's intent to hold them until market price recovery.


The following  table  represents the company's  contractual  obligations to make
future payments at each of the periods presented:



                                             Payments due by period at September 30, 2004
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Less than                         More than
(In thousands)                      Total       1 year    1-3 years  3-5 years   5 years
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  
Borrowings                         $12,385     $ 2,385     $   --     $   --     $10,000
Operating lease obligations            798         230        329        115         124
Purchase obligations                   247         247         --         --          --
Time deposits                       61,850      50,609      7,676      3,049         516
Junior subordinated debentures       5,155          --         --         --       5,155
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                              $80,435     $53,471     $8,005     $3,164     $15,795
===========================================================================================



                                       36




                                                      Payments due by period at December 31, 2003
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Less than                          More than
(dollars in thousands)                      Total       1 year     1-3 years  3-5 years   5 years
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
Borrowings                                  $11,000     $ 1,000     $    --     $   --     $10,000
Operating lease obligations                     944         236         399        177         132
Purchase obligations                            746         746          --         --          --
Time deposits                                56,481      40,325      13,499      2,287         370
Mandatory redeemable capital debentures       5,000          --          --         --       5,000
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                       $74,171     $42,307     $13,898     $2,464     $15,502
===================================================================================================


OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS


The company's financial statements do not reflect off-balance sheet arrangements
that  are  made in the  normal  course  of  business.  These  off-balance  sheet
arrangements consist of unfunded loans and letters of credit made under the same
standards  as  on-balance  sheet  instruments.   These  unused  commitments,  at
September 30, 2004 totaled  $31.4  million.  This  consisted of $11.3 million in
home equity lines of credit,  $8.1 million in commercial  construction  lines of
credit,  $7.6 million in commercial lines of credit, $3.4 million in commitments
to grant  commercial  and  residential  loans and the  remainder in other unused
commitments.  At December 31, 2003, these commitments consisted of $10.4 million
in commercial  construction lines of credit, $7.3 million in commercial lines of
credit, $7.1 million in home equity lines of credit, $6.2 million in commitments
to grant  commercial  and  residential  loans and the  remainder in other unused
commitments.  These  instruments  have fixed maturity dates, and because many of
them will expire  without being drawn upon,  they do not  generally  present any
significant liquidity risk to the company.


Management  believes that any amounts  actually  drawn upon can be funded in the
normal course of operations.

JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES


As a result of the adoption of FASB  Interpretation  No. 46,  "Consolidation  of
Variable Interest Entities, and Interpretation of ARB No. 51," we deconsolidated
our wholly-owned  subsidiary Sussex Capital Trust I, referred to as the "Trust",
from our  consolidated  financial  statements  as of March 31, 2004. We have not
restated prior periods.  The impact of this  deconsolidation was to increase our
junior  subordinated  debentures  by $5.2  million and reduce our trust  capital
securities  line item by $5.0 million that had  represented  the trust preferred
securities  of the Trust.  Our equity  interest in the trust  subsidiary of $155
thousand, which had previously been eliminated in consolidation, is now reported
in "Other assets" as of September 30, 2004. For regulatory  reporting  purposes,
the Federal Reserve has indicated that the preferred securities will continue to
qualify as Tier 1 Capital  subject to previously  specified  limitations,  until
further notice.  The adoption of FIN 46 did not have an impact on our results of
operations or liquidity.


CAPITAL RESOURCES


Total stockholders'  equity increased $1.3 million to $16.2 million at September
30, 2004 from $14.9 million at year-end 2003.  Activity in stockholders'  equity
consisted of a net increase in retained  earnings of $781 thousand  derived from
$1.2 million in net income earned  during the first nine months of 2004,  offset
by $384 thousand for the payments of cash  dividends.  Other increases were $257
thousand  in  issuance of common  stock and  exercise of stock  options and $137
thousand for shares issued through the dividend reinvestment plan. An unrealized
gain  on  securities   available  for  sale,   net  of  income  tax,   increased
stockholders' equity by $130 thousand.


Stockholders' equity inclusive of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of
income  taxes,  was $14.9  million at  December  31,  2003,  an increase of $1.2
million over 2002.  The growth in  stockholders'  equity was  generated  through
earnings  retention and the reinvesting of dividends by its  participants in the
company's dividend reinvestment plan.


                                       37



On July 11, 2002, the company raised an additional $4.8 million, net of offering
costs,  in capital through the issuance of junior  subordinated  debentures to a
statutory  trust  subsidiary.  The  subsidiary  in turn issued  $5.0  million in
variable  rate capital  trust pass through  securities to investors in a private
placement.  The interest  rate is based on the  three-month  LIBOR rate plus 365
basis  points and is  adjusted  quarterly.  Beginning  October 7, 2004,  the new
quarterly rate of interest on the debentures  will be 5.72%.  The rate is capped
at 12.5% through the first five years,  and the  securities may be called at par
any time after October 7, 2007, or if the regulatory capital or tax treatment of
the securities is substantially  changed.  These trust preferred  securities are
included in the company's and the bank's capital ratio calculations.


The company's and the bank's regulators have classified and defined bank holding
company capital Tier I capital which includes tangible  stockholders' equity for
common  stock  and  certain  stock  and other  hybrid  instruments,  and Tier II
capital,  which  includes a portion of the  allowance  for loan losses,  certain
qualifying  long-term debt and preferred stock which does not qualify for Tier I
capital.


The company's and the bank's regulators have implemented  risk-based  guidelines
which  require  banks and bank  holding  companies to maintain  certain  minimum
capital as a percent of such assets and certain off-balance sheet items adjusted
for  predefined  credit  risk  factors  (risk-adjusted  assets).  Banks and bank
holding  companies  are  required  to  maintain  Tier I capital  as a percent of
risk-adjusted  assets of 4.0% and Tier II capital as of risk-adjusted  assets of
8.0%, at a minimum. At September 30, 2004 the company and the bank both meet the
well-capitalized  regulatory  standards  applicable  to them. In addition to the
risk-based  guidelines  discussed above, the company's and the bank's regulators
require that banks and bank holding companies which meet the regulator's highest
performance and operational  standards maintain a minimum leverage ratio (Tier I
capital  as a percent of  tangible  assets)  of 4.0%.  For those  banks and bank
holding  companies  with  higher  levels  of risk or that  are  experiencing  or
anticipating  growth,  the minimum will be  proportionately  increased.  Minimum
leverage  ratios for each bank and bank  holding  company  are  established  and
updated  through the ongoing  regulatory  examination  process.  The table below
presents the capital ratios at September 30, 2004, for the company and the bank,
as well as the minimum regulatory requirements.

                                     Actual               For Capital Adequacy
(Dollars in thousands)        Amount         Ratio       Amount   Minimum Ratio
----------------------        ------         -----       ------   -------------
The Company:
     Leverage Capital        $ 18,203         7.35%      $>9,907            4%
     Tier 1 - Risk Based       18,203        10.79%       >6,751            4%
     Total Risk-Based          20,283        12.02%      >13,502            8%

The Bank:
     Leverage Capital          17,638         7.13%       >9,900            4%
     Tier 1 Risk-Based         17,638        10.49%       >6,728            4%
     Total Risk-Based          19,718        11.72%      >13,456            8%


EFFECT OF INFLATION

Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of
a  financial  institution  are  monetary  in nature.  As a result,  the level of
interest  rates  has a more  significant  impact  on a  financial  institution's
performance  than the effects of general levels of inflation.  Interest rates do
not necessarily  move in the same direction or change with the same magnitude as
the price of goods  and  services,  which  prices  are  affected  by  inflation.
Accordingly,   the   liquidity,   interest   rate   sensitivity   and   maturity
characteristics  of the company's  asset and  liabilities are more indicative of
its ability to maintain acceptable performance levels. Management of the company
monitors and seeks to mitigate the impact if interest rate changes by attempting
to match the  maturities  of assets  and  liabilities  to gap,  thus  seeking to
minimize the potential effects of inflation.


                                       38


                                    BUSINESS

GENERAL

WHO WE ARE

Sussex Bancorp is a one-bank  holding  company  headquartered  in Franklin,  New
Jersey and is the parent  company of Sussex  Bank.  We are a  community-oriented
financial  institution that offers  traditional  community bank loan and deposit
products  and  services  as well as an array of fee  based,  financial  services
products. Our stock is primarily owned by residents of our market area, with our
board and senior  management  owning  over 25% of our stock.  We  emphasize  our
knowledge of local markets,  customer  access to our senior  decision makers and
provide  superior  and  personalized  customer  service  that is  generally  not
available at larger  financial  institutions.  Our goal is to serve the needs of
businesses and consumers in our marketplace in northwestern New Jersey and, to a
lesser extent,  southern New York and northeastern  Pennsylvania.  The bank is a
New Jersey  commercial  bank formed in 1975 which  operates from its main office
and seven branches, all of which are located in Sussex County, New Jersey.

We target small and mid-size  businesses as well as professional  practices such
as lawyers,  doctors and accountants  within our market area. We actively pursue
business relationships with our targeted clientele through the business contacts
of our board of  directors  and senior  management  and by  capitalizing  on our
knowledge of the local marketplace.


We have also sought to increase  our  non-interest  income in order to diversify
and improve our  revenues  and to make our  earnings  less  dependent on our net
interest margin. In 2001, we acquired Tri-State  Insurance Agency,  Inc., a full
service  insurance agency. We strengthened  Tri-State's  operations  through our
2003 acquisition of the Garrera  Insurance Agency. We intend to continue to seek
opportunities to expand our insurance business through  acquisitions of books of
business or whole agencies.  Our non-interest  income for the fiscal year ending
December 31, 2003 was $4.1 million - an increase of $811  thousand or 24.6% over
the previous fiscal year, representing 27.6% of our total revenues.

Through our  strategy of serving as a full  service  local  community  financial
institution,  we have maintained and expanded our market share within our Sussex
County,  New  Jersey  marketplace.  At June 30,  2004,  we had 11.4  percent  of
deposits within Sussex County, New Jersey, ranking us third in market share.

OUR MARKET AREA

All of our  banking  offices are located in Sussex  County,  New Jersey,  and we
maintain  loan  production  offices  in Pike  County,  Pennsylvania,  and Orange
County,  New York.  Our market area is among the most affluent in the nation and
in New Jersey. Sussex County ranks 6th in New Jersey in median household income,
with  median  household  income of $71,902 as  compared  to the state  median of
$61,779 and the national median of $46,475. Projected population growth over the
next five years is expected to reach 5.91% as compared to the state  growth rate
of 3.80% and the nationwide growth rate of 4.84%.


OUR STRATEGY

Our board of  directors  has  adopted a strategic  plan  calling for the bank to
build upon our successful track record in Sussex County by applying our business
philosophies  in the larger  contiguous  counties and,  taking  advantage of the
competitive  opportunities  presented  by the  consolidation  of  other  banking
institutions in these markets.  We believe our community bank philosophy,  which
emphasizes a high service, personalized approach, which is generally not offered
by our larger  competitors,  will be very successful in our target  markets.  In
addition,  our  strategic  plan is focused on  significantly  improving the core
profitability of the franchise through  improvements in, among other things, our
efficiency  and  our  loan  to  deposit  ratios.  We  believe  that  the  recent
investments we have made in  infrastructure,  as well as certain key hires,  and
our  ability to offer  various  financial  services  products in addition to our
array of  traditional  loan and deposit  products will allow us to  successfully
expand.


                                       39



LENDING ACTIVITIES


General.  We  emphasize  a range of lending  services,  including  real  estate,
commercial,  and  equity-line  consumer  loans  to  individuals  and  small-  to
medium-sized  businesses and professional firms that are located in or conduct a
substantial  portion of their  business  in our market  area.  Our  underwriting
standards  vary for each type of loan,  as described  below.  While we generally
underwrite  the  loans in our  portfolio  in  accordance  with our own  internal
underwriting   guidelines  and  regulatory   supervisory   limits,   in  certain
circumstances  we have made loans which exceed either our internal  underwriting
guidelines,  supervisory limits, or both. We enter into participation agreements
with other  financial  institutions  to purchase the portion of these loans that
exceed our lending limits. We have focused our lending  activities  primarily on
the small  business and consumer  markets in the Northern New Jersey and in Pike
County,  Pennsylvania and Orange County,  New York. By focusing on this customer
base we have been able to enjoy the  benefits  of the  tremendous  business  and
residential  growth  experienced  in these market areas in the recent past.  The
addition  of the  mortgage  banking  division  has  given us an  opportunity  to
establish lending and marketing staffs in New York and Pennsylvania.


Real Estate  Mortgage  Loans.  The principal  component of our loan portfolio is
loans secured by real estate  mortgages.  We obtain a security  interest in real
estate  whenever  possible,  in addition to any other available  collateral,  in
order to increase  the  likelihood  of the ultimate  repayment  of the loan.  At
September 30, 2004,  loans  secured by first or second  mortgages on real estate
made  up  approximately  83% of our  loan  portfolio,  with  43.6%  of our  loan
portfolio  consisting of commercial real estate loans, 28.7% of loans secured by
first or second  mortgages on residential  properties,  and 10.8%  consisting of
construction and land development loans.

These loans will generally  fall into one of four  categories:  commercial  real
estate loans, construction and development loans, residential real estate loans,
or home equity loans.  Most of our real estate loans are secured by  residential
or  commercial  property.  Interest  rates  for all  categories  may be fixed or
adjustable,  and will more likely be fixed for shorter-term  loans. We generally
charge an application  fee for each loan.  Other loan fees consist  primarily of
late charge fees.  Real estate  loans are subject to the same  general  risks as
other loans and are particularly  sensitive to fluctuations in the value of real
estate.  Fluctuations  in the  value of real  estate,  as well as other  factors
arising after a loan has been made,  could  negatively  affect a borrower's cash
flow, creditworthiness, and ability to repay the loan.

      o     Commercial  Real Estate Loans. At September 30, 2004, our individual
            commercial  real  estate  loans  ranged  in size  from less than $10
            thousand to $2.4 million, with an average loan size of approximately
            $285 thousand.  These loans generally have a five year interest rate
            re-pricing with payments based on longer  amortization.  We evaluate
            each  borrower on an  individual  basis and attempt to determine the
            business risks and credit  profile of each  borrower.  We attempt to
            reduce  credit  risk in the  commercial  real  estate  portfolio  by
            emphasizing  loans on  owner-occupied  office and  retail  buildings
            where  the   loan-to-value   ratio,   established   by   independent
            appraisals,  does not exceed 85%. We also  generally  require that a
            borrower's   cash  flow   exceeds   125%  of  monthly  debt  service
            obligations.  In order to ensure  secondary  sources of payment  and
            liquidity to support a loan request,  we typically review all of the
            personal  financial  statements of the principal  owners and require
            their personal  guarantees.  At September 30, 2004,  commercial real
            estate  loans  (other  than  construction  loans)  amounted to $65.0
            million, or approximately 43.6% of our loan portfolio. Loans secured
            by  commercial  real  estate may be in greater  amount and involve a
            greater degree of risk than one to four family residential  mortgage
            loans.  Payments on such loans are often dependent on the successful
            operation or management of the mortgaged properties.

      o     Construction  and Development Real Estate Loans. We offer adjustable
            and fixed rate  residential  and  commercial  construction  loans to
            builders and developers and to consumers who wish to build their own
            homes. At September 30, 2004, our  construction and development real
            estate loans ranged in size from  approximately $40 thousand to $980
            thousand,  with an average loan size of approximately $256 thousand.
            The duration of our construction and development  loans generally is
            limited to twelve (12) to eighteen  (18) months,  although  payments
            may be structured on a longer amortization  basis.  Construction and
            development  loans  generally  carry a higher  degree  of risk  than
            long-term financing of existing properties because repayment depends
            on the ultimate completion of the project and usually on the sale of
            the property.


                                       40



            We attempt  to reduce  the risk  associated  with  construction  and
            development  loans by obtaining  personal  guarantees where possible
            and by keeping the  loan-to-value  ratio of the completed project at
            or below 80%.  At  September  30,  2004,  total  construction  loans
            amounted to $16.1 million, or 10.8% of our loan portfolio.

      o     Residential  Real Estate Loans and Home Equity  Loans.  We originate
            traditional  long  term  residential  mortgages.   These  loans  are
            underwritten  and  documented for sale in the secondary  market.  We
            also offer second  mortgage  residential  real estate loans and home
            equity  lines of credit.  At  September  30,  2004,  our  individual
            residential  real  estate  loans  ranged in size from $1 thousand to
            $618  thousand,  with an  average  loan  size of  approximately  $53
            thousand.  Generally,  we  limit  the  loan-to-value  ratio  on  our
            residential  real estate loans to 80%. We offer fixed and adjustable
            rate  residential real estate loans with terms of up to 30 years. We
            also offer home equity lines of credit.  At September 30, 2004,  our
            individual  home  equity  lines of  credit  ranged  in size  from $1
            thousand  to $250  thousand,  with an average of  approximately  $85
            thousand.  Our  underwriting  criteria for, and the risks associated
            with,  home equity loans and lines of credit are  generally the same
            as those for first mortgage  loans. We generally limit the extension
            of  credit  to 80% of  the  available  equity  of any  property.  We
            generally  limit the  extension  of  credit to 90% of the  available
            equity of each  property,  although  we may extend up to 100% of the
            available  equity.  At September 30, 2004,  residential  real estate
            loans (other than construction  loans) amounted to $42.8 million, or
            28.7% of our loan portfolio. Included in the residential real estate
            loans  was  $7.9  million,  or 5.3% of our loan  portfolio,  in home
            equity loans.  Risks  associated  with loans secured by  residential
            properties  are  generally  lower than  commercial  real  estate and
            construction  loans and include general economic risks,  such as the
            strength of the job market, employment stability and the strength of
            the  housing  market.  Since most loans are  secured by a primary or
            secondary  residence,  the  borrower's  continued  employment is the
            greatest risk to repayment.

Commercial  Business  Loans.  We make loans for  commercial  purposes in various
lines  of  businesses,  including  the  manufacturing,   service  industry,  and
professional  service areas.  At September 30, 2004,  our individual  commercial
business  loans ranged in size from  approximately  $1 thousand to $1.7 million,
with an average loan size of  approximately  $68 thousand.  Commercial loans are
generally considered to have greater risk than first or second mortgages on real
estate because  commercial loans may be unsecured,  or if they are secured,  the
value of the  collateral  may be difficult to assess and more likely to decrease
than real estate. At September 30, 2004,  commercial  business loans amounted to
$14.1 million,  or 9.5% of our loan portfolio.  Historically,  commercial  loans
provide  greater yields and reprice more  frequently  than other types of loans,
such as real estate loans. More frequent  repricing means that the yields on our
commercial loans adjust with interest rate changes.

Farm Loans.  We purchase the secured  portion of guaranteed  farm loans from the
USDA and SBA.  As of  September  30,  2004 the  guaranteed  portion of  USDA/SBA
guaranteed farm loans which we retained amounted to $9.3 million, or 6.2% of our
loan portfolio.  At September 30, 2004, our individual farm loans ranged in size
from $26 thousand to $532  thousand  with an average loan size of  approximately
$200  thousand.  As the portion of these loans that we purchase is guaranteed by
the USDA and the SBA, the risks involved with these instruments are minimal.

Consumer  Loans.  We make a variety of loans to  individuals  for  personal  and
household  purposes,  including  secured  and  unsecured  installment  loans and
revolving  lines  of  credit.  Consumer  loans  are  underwritten  based  on the
borrower's income, current debt level, past credit history, and the availability
and value of collateral.  Consumer rates are both fixed and variable, with terms
negotiable.  At September 30, 2004, our individual consumer loans ranged in size
from $1 thousand to $22 thousand,  with an average loan size of approximately $6
thousand. Our installment loans typically amortize over periods up to 60 months.
We will offer consumer loans with a single  maturity date when a specific source
of repayment is available. We typically require monthly payments of interest and
a portion of the principal on our revolving  loan  products.  Consumer loans are
generally considered to have greater risk than first or second mortgages on real
estate because they may be unsecured,  or, if they are secured, the value of the
collateral  may be difficult to assess and more likely to decrease in value than
real estate. At September 30, 2004,  consumer loans amounted to $1.5 million, or
1.0% of our loan portfolio.


                                       41



Mortgage Banking. The bank's residential mortgage banking division,  through the
bank's  branches and our loan production  offices in Pennsylvania  and New York,
originates  one to four  family  loans for  funding  by third  party  investors.
Servicing  is released to the third party  investors.  Although  the majority of
loans originated by our mortgage banking division are conforming loans for prime
borrowers,  the mortgage banking division,  through a third party investor, does
originate  loans for  borrowers  who either have  difficulty  documenting  their
income or who otherwise do not meet prime credit standards. These loans are also
funded by the third party  investor  and  servicing  is  released.  Our mortgage
banking  division does not originate  loans for our portfolio,  and as the loans
are funded by third parties,  we receive fee income but do not take title to the
loans.


Loan Approval.  Certain credit risks are inherent in making loans. These include
prepayment  risks,  risks  resulting from  uncertainties  in the future value of
collateral,  risks  resulting from changes in economic and industry  conditions,
and risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers.  We attempt to mitigate
repayment risks by adhering to internal  credit  policies and procedures.  These
policies  and  procedures   include  officer  and  client  lending   limits,   a
multi-layered approval process for larger loans, documentation examination,  and
follow-up  procedures for any exceptions to credit  policies.  Our loan approval
policies  provide  for various  levels of officer  lending  authority.  When the
amount of aggregate loans to a single borrower  exceeds an individual  officer's
lending  authority,  the loan  request will be  considered  by an officer with a
higher  lending  limit  or by  the  officers'  loan  committee,  directors  loan
committee  or full board of  directors.  The  officers  loan  committee  and the
directors loan committee have a set lending authority and any loans in excess of
these limits must be submitted  to the full board for  approval.  We do not make
any loans to any director,  officer,  or employee of the bank unless the loan is
approved  by the  board  of  directors  of the  bank  and is on  terms  not more
favorable to such person than would be available to a person not affiliated with
the bank.


Credit  Administration  and Loan Review.  We maintain a  continuous  loan review
system.  We also  apply a credit  grading  system  to each  loan,  and we use an
independent  consultant to review the loan files on a quarterly basis to confirm
the grading of each loan.  Each loan officer is responsible  for each loan he or
she makes,  regardless of whether other  individuals or committees joined in the
approval.  This  responsibility  continues until the loan is repaid or until the
loan is officially assigned to another officer.

Lending  Limits.  Our  lending  activities  are  subject to a variety of lending
limits imposed by federal law. In general,  the bank is subject to a legal limit
on loans to a single  borrower equal to 15% of the bank's capital and unimpaired
surplus. This limit will increase or decrease as the bank's capital increases or
decreases. Based upon the bank's capital and unimpaired surplus at September 30,
2004,  the board has imposed a loan limit of $3.0  million per  borrower,  which
represented approximately 100% of our legal lending limit at September 30, 2004.
These limits will  increase or decrease in response to increases or decreases in
the bank's level of capital.  We are able to sell  participations  in our larger
loans to other  financial  institutions,  which  allows  us to  manage  the risk
involved in these loans and to meet the lending  needs of our clients  requiring
extensions  of  credit  in  excess  of  these  limits.  Loans  that  are sold as
participations to other banks are sold without recourse to the bank.


DEPOSIT SERVICES

Our principal source of funds is core deposits. We offer a full range of deposit
services,  including checking accounts,  commercial accounts,  savings accounts,
and other time  deposits  of various  types,  ranging  from daily  money  market
accounts to  long-term  certificates  of  deposit.  Deposit  rates are  reviewed
regularly by senior  management  of the bank. We believe that the rates we offer
are competitive with those offered by other financial institutions in our area.


Over the past  three  years,  we have  adopted a  strategy  of  focusing  on the
origination  and  retention of  transaction  accounts  and the  reduction of our
dependence on higher cost time deposits as a funding source. We have implemented
a suite of interest bearing checking account  products,  called High Performance
Checking,  with interest rates and other  features tired to differing  levels of
minimum  balances.  Since 2002,  time  deposits  have declined from 30.9% of our
deposit  portfolio,  with an  average  rate of 3.06%  to  26.7%  of our  deposit
portfolio, with an average rate of 2.09% for the nine months ended September 30,
2004.  Our NOW  accounts,  which  include  our  High  Performance  Checking  and
commercial  checking accounts,  have increased from 18.8% of our average deposit
portfolio  for the year end of  December  31,  2002 to 21.4% for the nine months
ended  September 30, 2004. In addition to lowering our cost of funds, we believe
increasing our core deposits presents greater cross selling  opportunities  then
are available with customers holding time deposits.



                                       42



To attract additional public deposits we have also developed a public fund money
market  account.  The  account  allows  municipal  depositors  to  automatically
transfer balances from non-interest bearing transaction accounts into a variable
rate interest bearing money market account. We believe this product will provide
an alternative to higher rate time deposit accounts traditionally used by public
depositors.


OTHER BANKING SERVICES

We offer other bank services  including safe deposit boxes,  traveler's  checks,
direct deposit,  United States Savings Bonds,  and banking by mail. We earn fees
for most of these services, including debit and credit card transactions,  sales
of  checks,  and wire  transfers.  We also  receive  ATM  transaction  fees from
transactions  performed by our clients. We are associated with the NYCE, CIRRUS,
PLUS and QUEST ATM networks,  which are available to our clients  throughout the
country.  We also offer Internet banking services,  bill payment services,  cash
management services, trust services and full service securities brokerages.

INSURANCE AGENCY SERVICES

Tri-State  Insurance Agency, Inc. is a full service insurance agency. The Agency
is primarily a property and casualty agency, with property and casualty coverage
accounting for 95% of the agency's  commission income. Life and health insurance
accounts for 5% of commission income.  Approximately 65% of the agency's premium
volume  is from  commercial  lines of  insurance,  with the  remaining  35% from
personal lines. The agency places  insurance with over 15 companies.  The agency
is licensed to conduct business in 15 states,  but 90% of its business is within
the State of New Jersey.  Customers primarily come from personal contacts of the
senior management of the agency and the agency's  producers,  as well as through
cross selling efforts with the bank.

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

Certain information  regarding the company's  properties as of December 31, 2003
is set forth in the following  table.  All properties are adequately  covered by
insurance.

                                                                 DATE OF
LOCATION                       LEASED OR OWNED              LEASE EXPIRATION
--------                       ---------------              ----------------

399 Route 23                        Owned                          N/A
Franklin, New Jersey

7 Church Street                     Owned                          N/A
Vernon, New Jersey

266 Clove Road                      Leased                     March, 2007
Montague, New Jersey

96 Route 206
Augusta, New Jersey                 Leased                    August, 2006

455 Route 23                       Owned(1)                        N/A
Wantage, New Jersey

15 Trinity Street                   Owned                          N/A
Newton, New Jersey

165 Route 206                       Owned                          N/A
Andover, New Jersey

100 Route 206                       Owned                          N/A
Augusta, New Jersey

33 Main Street                      Owned                          N/A
Sparta, New Jersey

200 Munsonhurst Road                Leased                   December, 2008
Franklin, New Jersey

(1)   We own the  building  housing  our Wantage  branch.  The land on which the
      building is located is leased  pursuant to a ground lease which runs until
      December 31,  2020,  and contains an option for us to extend the lease for
      an additional 25 year term.


                                       43


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are  periodically  parties  to or  otherwise  involved  in legal  proceedings
arising  in the normal  course of  business,  such as claims to  enforce  liens,
claims  involving  the making and servicing of real  property  loans,  and other
issues incident to the business of the company and the bank. Management does not
believe that there is any pending or threatened  proceeding  against the company
or the bank, which if determined adversely,  would have a material effect on the
business or financial position of the company.

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 2003,  the company  employed 101  full-time  employees and 28
part-time  employees.  None  of  these  employees  is  covered  by a  collective
bargaining agreement and we believe that our employee relations are good.

                                   MANAGEMENT

The  direction  and control of the company is vested in the board of  directors.
The term of each  director is three  years.  Directors  are  divided  into three
classes and  elections are staggered so that the term for one class of directors
expires each year. The following  table sets forth  information  with respect to
the  directors and certain  executive  officers,  including  their ages, a brief
description of their recent business experience,  certain  directorships held by
each,  the year in which each  became a director  of the company and the year in
which their terms as director of the company expire.



     NAME AND POSITION         AGE    PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION FOR THE PAST      DIRECTOR SINCE       TERM EXPIRES
                                      FIVE YEARS
         DIRECTORS
                                                                                          
Donald L. Kovach,              69     Chairman of the Board, CEO and              1976                2006
Chairman of the Board, CEO            President of the company
and President

Irvin Ackerson,                82     Excavating Contractor,                      1976                2007
Director                              Ackerson Contracting Co.,
                                      Oak Ridge, New Jersey

Terry H. Thompson,             57     President and Chief Operating               2001                2007
Director, Secretary and               Officer of the bank
President of the Bank



                                       44



                                                                                          
Mark J. Hontz,                 37     Partner,                                    1998                2006
Director                              Hollander Hontz Hinkes & Pasculli,
                                      L.L.C.,
                                      Newton, New Jersey

Joel D. Marvil,                70     Chairman of Manufacturing Co.,              1989                2006
Vice Chairman                         Ames Rubber Corporation,
                                      Hamburg, New Jersey

Edward J. Leppert,             44     Owner,                                      2002                2005
Director                              E.J. Leppert & Co., C.P.A.;
                                      Former Partner,
                                      Murphy, Perry & Leppert

Richard Scott,                 68     Dentist,                                    1976                2005
Director                              Richard Scott, DDS,
                                      Franklin, New Jersey

Joseph Zitone,                 72     General Contractor,                         1984                2005
Director                              Zitone Construction,
                                      Montague, New Jersey

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS WHO ARE
       NOT DIRECTORS


Tammy Case                     46     Executive Vice President, Loan              2004                N/A
                                      Administration; Formerly Senior
                                      Lending Officer, Newton Trust
                                      Company

Samuel L. Chaznow              46     Vice President; Formerly Area               2003                N/A
                                      Sales Manager and Assistant Vice
                                      President First Horizon Home Loan

George B. Harper               50     President Tri-State Insurance               2001                N/A
                                      Agency, Inc.
Candace Leatham                50     Executive Vice President and                1984                N/A
                                      Treasurer of the bank


George Lista                   45     Chief Operating Officer, Tri-State          2001                N/A
                                      Insurance Agency



                                       45


EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Set forth below is certain information regarding our executive officers.


Donald L.  Kovach.  Mr.  Kovach  is  Chairman  of the Board and Chief  Executive
Officer of the company.  He is a life-long  resident of Sussex  County,  and has
been  the  Chairman  of the bank  since it was  formed.  Prior to  becoming  the
company's  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Mr.  Kovach  was an  attorney  in private
practice,  and served as Sussex  County  Counsel,  as  municipal  counsel to the
Sussex  County  towns of Hamburg,  Hopatcong  and Vernon,  and as counsel to the
Sussex  County  Community  College.  Mr.  Kovach  is  active  in many  community
organizations,  and is a director of  Independent  Community  Bankers  Financial
Services.


Terry H. Thompson.  Mr. Thompson is President and Chief Operating Officer of the
bank.  He has been  our  Chief  Operating  Officer  since  1994,  and was  named
President in 2003.  Mr.  Thompson  began his banking  career in 1970, and held a
number of increasingly  senior positions with Summit Bancorp,  a New Jersey bank
holding company with operations  throughout the state.  Mr. Thompson is also the
New Jersey state director for the Independent  Community Bankers Association,  a
national trade group for community banks.


Candace  Leatham.  Ms.  Leatham is the Executive Vice President and Treasurer of
the bank. She has over 30 years of financial services industry  experience,  and
has been an employee  of the  company  and the bank for almost 25 years.  She is
active in her local  community,  serving as a member of the  Hardyston  Township
Zoning  Board of  Adjustment  and the  Hardyston  Township  Municipal  Utilities
Authority,


George B. Harper.  Mr.  Harper is President of  Tri-State  Insurance  Agency,  a
subsidiary  of the bank,  where has been  President  since 1976. He is active in
many  community  organizations,  including  serving as a Director of Sussex Area
Charities,  and has  served  as the Mayor  and a  Council  Member  of  Sandyston
Township since 1986.


George  Lista.  Mr.  Lista is Chief  Operating  Officer of  Tri-State  Insurance
Agency,  a  subsidiary  of the bank.  He has served as an  executive  officer of
Tri-State and a predecessor agency since 1982


Tammy Case. Ms. Case is Executive Vice  President - Loan  Administration  of the
bank. She has over 27 years of experience in the banking  industry,  23 of which
has been spent in Sussex County.  Prior to joining the company, Ms. Case was the
Senior Vice President of Business  Banking  Services and the Senior Loan Officer
of Newton Trust Company, another Sussex County based community bank. She is also
an honors graduate of the Stonier Graduate School of Banking.


Samuel  Chazanow.  Mr.  Chazanow is the Vice  President and head of  residential
mortgage  banking  operations  for the Bank.  Mr.  Chazanow  has been a mortgage
banking professional since 1989, most recently as the area sales manager for the
Northeast Region for First Horizon Home Loans, a large national lending company.
Mr.  Chazanow has been based in the northeast  Pennsylvania  marketplace for his
entire mortgage banking career.


COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

The  board  of  directors  maintains  an  Audit  Committee  and  a  Compensation
Committee. The board of directors also plans to establish a Nominating Committee
that meets the  requirements  of the American  Stock Exchange  ("AMEX")  listing
standards  beginning with the 2005 Annual Meeting.  For the 2004 Annual Meeting,
the  full  board  acted  as a  Nominating  Committee.  It is  expected  that the
Nominating Committee will consider qualified  nominations for directors that are
submitted by shareholders.  All shareholder recommendations will be evaluated on
the same basis as any recommendation  from members of the Board of management of
the company.


Audit  Committee.  The company's Audit Committee  assists the board of directors
with  its  oversight  of  our  accounting  and  financial  reporting  processes,
including internal audit functions,  and the audits of our financial statements.
In  connection  with its  oversight  responsibilities,  the Audit  Committee  is
responsible  for  the  appointment,   compensation,  evaluation,  retention  and
termination  of  our  independent   auditors.   The  Audit  Committee  has  sole
responsibility for oversight over the independent auditor,  including resolution
of  disagreements   between  company  management  and  the  independent  auditor
regarding financial reporting.  In connection with its oversight role, the Audit
Committee  reviews  the  independent   auditor's   reports  regarding   critical
accounting policies, alternative treatments within generally accepted accounting
principles, and other written communications between the independent auditor and
management. The Audit Committee is also responsible for receiving and responding
to complaints and concerns  relating to accounting and auditing  matters and the
pre-approval  of all  non-audit  service  provided by its  independent  auditor.
Furthermore,  the Audit Committee is also  responsible  for, among other things,
reporting  to the board of  directors  on the results of the annual  audit,  and
reviewing  the financial  statements  and related  financial  and  non-financial
disclosures included in our earnings releases and Annual Reports on Form 10-KSB.
The Audit  Committee has adopted a written  charter  outlining its practices and
responsibilities.



                                       46



During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Audit  Committee met five times. At
each meeting,  the Audit Committee  reviewed the results of reviews performed in
the areas of internal audit and compliance.  The Audit Committee was apprised of
the status of all audit findings and the resolutions instituted by management.

The  company's  Audit  Committee   consists  of  directors   Edward  J.  Leppert
(Chairman),  Joel D. Marvil and Richard W. Scott. All directors who serve on the
Audit  Committee are  "independent"  for purposes of the AMEX listing  standards
and, as required under the Sarbanes-Oxley  Act, no member of the Audit Committee
receives any form of compensation from the company outside from compensation for
board  and  committee  services.  The  board  has  determined  that Mr.  Leppert
qualified as an "audit  committee  financial  expert" as that term is defined in
Item 401(e) of SEC Regulation S-B.

The Audit Committee acts only in an oversight  capacity,  and in doing so relies
on the work and assurances of our management and its independent auditors.


Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee sets the compensation for the
executive  officers  of the  company.  The  Compensation  Committee  consists of
directors Joel D. Marvil (Chairman),  Irvin Ackerson, Edward J. Leppert and Mark
J.  Hontz,  all of whom are  "independent"  for  purposes  of the  AMEX  listing
standards.

DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION

During 2003,  directors of the bank who were not full-time employees of the bank
received a fee of $500 for each regular  monthly  bank board  meeting or special
bank board meeting attended, and $100 for each committee meeting attended.  Each
member of the bank's  loan  committee  will  receive  $500 per  meeting in 2004.
During  2003,  directors  of the company  received an annual  retainer of $5,000
each.  In  addition,  members  of the Audit  Committee  will  receive in 2004 an
additional  fee of $1,000 per Audit  Committee  meeting,  and the Chairman  will
receive $1,500 per meeting.

The company maintains the 1995 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the
"Non-Employee  Plan"),  the  purpose  of  which  is to  assist  the  company  in
attracting and retaining  qualified  persons to serve as members of the board of
directors.  Under the  Non-Employee  Plan,  options  may be granted at  exercise
prices  which may not be less than the fair market  value of the common stock on
the date of grant.  Under the  Non-Employee  Plan,  each  non-employee  director
elected at the 1995  Annual  Meeting  was  granted an option to  purchase  3,000
shares at $11.25  per share  (or  5,516  shares at $5.08 as  adjusted  for stock
dividends). In addition, each non-employee director who is elected or re-elected
to serve on the board of directors at succeeding annual meetings will be granted
an  option  to  purchase  500  shares  of  common  stock  at the  time  of  such
re-election. As of December 31, 2003, 44,732 options were outstanding under this
plan and 2,344 authorized shares were available for grant.

In addition,  members of the board of directors are eligible to  participate  in
the 2001 Stock Option  Plan,  which was  approved by the  shareholders  in 2000.
Under the 2001 Stock Option  Plan,  options to purchase up to a total of 165,000
shares of common  stock may be granted.  Pursuant to the terms of the 2001 Stock
Option Plan, options which qualify as incentive stock options under the Internal
Revenue  Code of 1986 must be granted at an exercise  price of no less than 100%
of the then current fair market value of the common stock, and options which are
non-statutory  options may be granted at an  exercise  price no less than 85% of
the then current fair market value of the common stock.


                                       47


DIRECTOR RELATIONSHIPS

No director  of the  company is also a director  of any company  with a class of
securities  registered  pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 or subject to the  requirements  of Section 15(d)  thereof,  or any company
registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT

The following  table sets forth certain  information  as of August 31, 2004 with
respect to (i) each of the directors  and executive  officers of the company and
(ii) the directors and executive officers as a group:


                                                   COMMON STOCK BENEFICIALLY

                                                               PERCENTAGE OF
                                                   NUMBER OF      SHARES
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                           SHARES(1)    OUTSTANDING
------------------------                           ---------    -----------
Irvin Ackerson                                     35,273(2)       1.90%
George Harper                                      40,322(3)       2.18%
Mark J. Hontz                                       3,817(4)       0.21%
Donald L. Kovach                                  137,931(5)       7.42%
Candace Leatham                                    49,411(6)       2.67%
Edward J. Leppert                                  13,378(7)       0.72%
George Lista                                       16,958(8)       0.91%
Joel D. Marvil                                     49,761(9)       2.68%
Richard Scott                                      56,319(10)      3.04%
Terry H. Thompson                                  27,610(11)      1.49%
Joseph Zitone                                      94,313(12)      5.11%

Directors and Executive Officers as
  a Group (11 persons)                            500,446         25.82%


----------
(1)   Beneficially-owned  shares  include  shares  over  which the named  person
      exercises either sole or shared voting power or sole or shared  investment
      power. It also includes shares owned (i) by a spouse, minor children or by
      relatives  sharing the same home,  (ii) by entities owned or controlled by
      the named  person and (iii) by other  persons if the named  person has the
      right to acquire such shares within sixty (60) days by the exercise of any
      right or option.  Unless  otherwise  noted, all shares are owned of record
      and  beneficially  by the named  person,  either  directly  or through the
      dividend reinvestment plan.

(2)   Includes (i) 11,418  shares owned by Mr.  Ackerson's  wife and (ii) 11,360
      shares pursuant to immediately exercisable stock options.


(3)   Includes 4,794 shares pursuant to immediately exercisable stock options.


(4)   Includes 1,000 shares pursuant to immediately exercisable stock options.

(5)   Includes (i) 17,448 shares owned by Mr.  Kovach's wife,  (ii) 9,977 shares
      held by IRAs for the  benefit  of Mr.  Kovach  and his wife,  (iii)  1,433
      shares held in the name of ICBA Financial Services f/b/o Donald L. Kovach,
      (iv) 1,323 shares held in the name of ICBA Financial  Services f/b/o Betty
      J. Kovach,  (v) 16,764 shares  pursuant to immediately  exercisable  stock
      options and (vi) 42,098 shares over which Mr. Kovach has voting  authority
      as administrator for Sussex Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan.


(6)   Includes  (i) 6,477  shares  pursuant  to  immediately  exercisable  stock
      options and (ii) 42,098 shares over which Ms. Leatham has voting authority
      as administrator of Sussex Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan.


(7)   Includes  (i) 992 shares  held in the name of Sun  America  f/b/o  Cynthia
      Leppert,  IRA,  (ii) 3,396 shares held in the name of Salomon Smith Barney
      f/b/o  Edward  J.  Leppert,   IRA  and  (iii)  3,150  shares  pursuant  to
      immediately exercisable stock options.


(8)   Includes 3,744 shares pursuant to immediately exercisable stock options.


(9)   Includes 14,429 shares pursuant to immediately exercisable stock options.

(10)  Includes 12,307 shares pursuant to immediately exercisable stock options.

(11)  Includes (i) 13,425 shares held in the name of American  Express Trust Co.
      f/b/o  Terry  H.  Thompson,   IRA,  and  (ii)  9,546  shares  pursuant  to
      immediately exercisable stock options.


                                       48



It is expected upon  consummation of this offering,  our Directors and Executive
Officers are expected to own approximately 17.7% of outstanding common stock.


SUMMARY OF CASH AND CERTAIN OTHER COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth a summary of cash and non-cash  compensation  for
the three  fiscal years ended  December 31, 2003 awarded to,  earned by, or paid
to, the Chief Executive  Officer of the company and each other executive officer
whose  remuneration  exceeded  $100,000 for the most recently  completed  fiscal
year.

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE


                 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENT FORMS OF REMUNERATION



                       ANNUAL COMPENSATION                                AWARD           PAYOUTS

                                                        OTHER         SECURITIES
                                                        ANNUAL        UNDERLYING        LTIP        ALL OTHER
                                                     COMPENSATION    OPTIONS/SARS      PAYOUTS     COMPENSATION
  NAME        YEAR   SALARY ($)       BONUS ($)           ($)            (#)            ($)            ($)
  ----        ----   ----------       ---------           ---            ---            ---            ---
                                                                               
Donald L       2003   $202,087             --        N/A(13)             9,975           None       $143,049(14)
Kovach
               2002   $188,143             --        N/A(13)             3,150           None       $117,869(14)

               2001   $177,234             --        N/A(13)             1,134           None       $ 94,156(14)

George B       2003   $ 50,000       $ 21,515(15)   $ 76,264(16)         4,988           None             --
Harper
               2002   $ 50,000       $  5,660(15)   $ 67,022(16)            --           None             --

               2001   $ 12,500(17)         --       $ 11,300(16)            --           None             --

George Lista   2003   $120,000       $ 21,515(15)   $ 95,822(16)         4,988           None             --

               2002   $120,000       $  5,660(15)   $ 61,796(16)            --           None             --

               2001   $ 30,000(17)         --       $ 16,740(16)            --           None             --

Terry H        2003   $109,650             --       $  1,051(18,13)      7,481           None             --
Thompson
               2002   $ 98,280             --        N/A(13)             3,780           None             --

               2001   $ 93,880             --        N/A(13)               735           None             --



----------
(12)  Includes  (i)  12,467  shares  held in the name of Zitone  Construction  &
      Supply Co., Inc. Profit Sharing Plan Trust, (ii) 22,509 shares held in the
      name of Zitone Family Limited Partnership, (iii) 17,198 shares held in the
      name of Smith Barney f/b/o Joseph Zitone and (iv) 3,701 shares pursuant to
      immediately exercisable stock options.

(13)  The company  provided  additional  life  insurance and an  automobile  and
      matched  the  contributions  by  Messrs.  Kovach  and  Thompson  to  their
      respective  401(k) plans.  The use made thereof for personal  purposes did
      not exceed 10% of the total cash compensation to such person's  respective
      base salary and bonus and there is not included in the above table.

(14)  Represents the amount charged by the company to expense in connection with
      the Supplemental  Executive  Retirement Plan ("SERP")  implemented for the
      benefit of Mr. Kovach in 2000.

(15)  For  purposes of this chart,  bonus  represents  the fair market  value of
      1,516 shares in 2003 and 535 shares in 2002 of the company's common stock.

(16)  Represents commissions earned on the sale of insurance products.

(17)  Pursuant to the company's  acquisition of Tri-State Insurance Agency, Inc.
      on October 1, 2001, Messrs.  Harper and Lista became executive officers of
      the Company at annual salaries of $50,000 and $120,000, respectively

(18)  Includes  the  implied  value  realized  upon the  exercise  of options to
      purchase 189 shares representing the difference between the exercise price
      and the fair market  value on the date of exercise.  Because Mr.  Thompson
      did not sell the  underlying  shares,  he did not  recognize  this implied
      value.


                                       49


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS


The company and the bank are parties to an Amended Employment Agreement with Mr.
Donald L. Kovach  pursuant to which he serves as President  and Chief  Executive
Officer of the company and Chief Executive  Officer of the bank (the "Employment
Agreement"). The Employment Agreement, as amended, provides for a term ending on
August 31, 2007, although it will be automatically  extended on each anniversary
date for up to two  additional  one-year  periods  unless either party  provides
notice of their intention not to extend the contract.  The Employment  Agreement
provides  that Mr.  Kovach will  receive a base salary of  $223,300,  subject to
increase or decrease,  and he may be granted a  discretionary  bonus, in cash or
equity,  as  determined  by the board of  directors.  The  Employment  Agreement
permits the company to terminate Mr. Kovach's  employment for cause at any time.
The  Employment  Agreement  defines cause to mean personal  dishonesty,  willful
misconduct,  breach of fiduciary duty  involving  personal  profit,  intentional
failure to perform stated duties,  willful violation of law, rule or regulation,
other than traffic violations or similar offenses, or violation of a final cease
and  desist  order,  or a material  breach of any  provision  of the  Employment
Agreement.  In the event Mr.  Kovach is  terminated  for any  reason  other than
cause,  or in  the  event  Mr.  Kovach  resigns  his  employment  because  he is
reassigned  to a position  of lesser  rank or status  than  President  and Chief
Executive  Officer,  his place of  employment is relocated by more than 30 miles
from its location on the date of the Employment  Agreement,  or his compensation
or other  benefits are reduced,  Mr. Kovach,  or in the event of his death,  his
beneficiary,  will be  entitled  to receive  his base salary at the time of such
termination or resignation  for the remaining term of the Employment  Agreement.
In  addition,  the company  will  continue to provide  Mr.  Kovach with  certain
insurance  and  other  benefits  through  the end of the term of the  Employment
Agreement.  Mr. Kovach's  Employment  Agreement  further  provides that upon the
occurrence of a change in control of the company,  as defined in the  Employment
Agreement,  and in the event Mr.  Kovach is  terminated  for reasons  other than
cause or in the event Mr.  Kovach,  within 18 months of the  change in  control,
resigns his employment for the reasons  discussed above, he shall be entitled to
receive a severance  payment based upon his then current base salary.  Under the
Agreement,  in the event the change in control occurs, Mr. Kovach is entitled to
a  severance  payment  equal to 2.99 times his then  current  base  salary.  The
Employment  Agreement also prohibits Mr. Kovach from competing with the bank and
the company for a period of one year following termination of his employment.


The  company  and the bank are  parties to an  employment  agreement  with Terry
Thompson.  Mr.  Thompson's  agreement has  substantially the same terms as those
contained  in Mr.  Kovach's  agreement,  except that the term of Mr.  Thompson's
agreement  expires on January 23, 2006. Mr.  Thompson's  agreement also provides
that its terms will  automatically  be extended for one additional  year,  until
January 23, 2007,  unless the company  provides notice three (3) months prior to
the termination of the original term of the agreement Mr. Thompson's base salary
is set at $110,000.

In connection with the company's acquisition of Tri-State Insurance Agency, Inc.
effective  October 1, 2001, the company entered into employment  agreements with
each of Messrs George B. Harper and George Lista.  Under these agreements,  each
of Messrs.  Harper and Lista is to be paid a base salary ($50,000 for Mr. Harper
and $120,000 for Mr.  Lista) and  commissions  for insurance  products  actually
placed.  In  addition,  each of Messrs  Harper and Lista is  entitled to receive
bonuses based upon the net before tax income of Tri-State for each  twelve-month
period  commencing  on the  effective  date of the  acquisition.  To the  extent
Tri-State's net before tax income exceeds certain  designated  targets contained
in each employment agreement,  each of Messrs. Harper and Lista will be entitled
to receive a bonus equal to 25% of the amount by which the net before tax income
of Tri  State  exceeds  the  target.  The  bonus is to be paid in  shares of the
company's  common stock.  The amount of stock to be issued will be determined by
dividing  the  amount of the  bonus by the fair  market  value of the  company's
common stock, determined by taking the average closing price of the common stock
for the fifteen  trading days prior to  issuance.  For the  twelve-month  period
ended September 30, 2003, Tri-State exceeded its targeted net before tax income,
and each of  Messrs.  Harper and Lista  received a bonus of 1,516  shares of the
company's common stock. The employment  agreements with Messrs. Harper and Lista
expire on September 30, 2006.

On July 31, 2004, the bank entered into an employment  agreement with Tammy Case
under which she will serve as the Executive Vice-President - Loan Administration
of the bank. The agreement has term of 3 years and will automatically  renew for
each  additional  year on the third  anniversary of the agreement  unless either
party has provided notice of its intention not to renew at least 3 months before
the end of the term.  Under the Agreement,  Ms. Case is to receive a base salary
of  $97,000,  will be eligible  to receive a  production  bonus in shares of the
company's common stock,  based upon growth in the company's loan portfolio,  and
will  also  be  eligible  to  participate  in  any  other  cash  bonus  programs
established  by  the  company  for  its  executive  officers.  Ms.  Case  may be
terminated  for  "cause"  as  defined  in the  Agreement.  In the  event  she is
terminated without "cause" she will be entitled to receive her then current base
salary for the remaining term of the Agreement,  but in no event for less than 6
months,  and the company will be  obligated to continue her health  benefits for
such  period.  Ms.  Case's  agreement  contains  a change of  control  provision
substantially  similar to the one contained in Mr. Kovach's agreement  described
above,  except  that her  payment  will  equal two times her then  current  base
salary.  Ms. Case's  agreement also contains a covenant not to compete,  whereby
she is prohibited for a period of 1 year after her termination  from affiliating
with any enterprise  that competes with the company  within Sussex  County,  New
Jersey.


                                       50


RETIREMENT PLANS

The bank maintains a salary  continuation plan for Mr. Kovach.  Under this plan,
as recently amended,  Mr. Kovach will receive a retirement  benefit equal to 35%
of  his  average  final  compensation  determined  by his  last  five  years  of
employment,  provided that to the extent Mr.  Kovach  continues to work past age
70, his final  compensation will be increased 4% per year for each year he works
past age 70 until his  retirement.  Mr.  Kovach will receive this benefit in the
event that he works until retirement, or he is involuntarily discharged prior to
his  retirement  for any reason other than  "cause".  For purposes of the Salary
Continuation  Agreement,  cause is  defined  in the  same  manner  as under  Mr.
Kovach's  Employment  Agreement.  Annual retirement  payments are to be made for
fifteen years under the Salary  Continuation  Agreement to Mr. Kovach or, in the
event of his death, to his spouse.

The bank has also instituted a salary continuation plan for Mr. Thompson.  Under
this plan,  Mr.  Thompson will receive a retirement  benefit equal to 35% of his
average final compensation determined by his last five years of employment.  Mr.
Thompson's  benefits under the salary continuation plan will not vest unless Mr.
Thompson remains employed with the company and the bank until January, 2006.

1995 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN AND 2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN

The company  maintains  the 1995  Incentive  Stock Option Plan that provides for
options to purchase  shares of common stock to be issued to key employees of the
company,  the bank and any other  subsidiaries  that the  company may acquire or
incorporate  in the future.  The company  also  maintains  the 2001 Stock Option
Plan,  under which  options to purchase  shares of common stock may be issued to
employees,  officers  and  directors  of the  company,  the bank  and any  other
subsidiaries  which the  company  may  acquire  or  incorporate  in the  future.
Recipients  of options  granted under the Plans are selected by the Stock Option
Committee  of the  board  of  directors.  The  Stock  Option  Committee  has the
authority to determine  the terms and  conditions  of options  granted under the
Plans and the exercise price  therefore.  The exercise price for options granted
under the 1995  Incentive  Stock Option Plan,  and for  Incentive  Stock Options
under the 2001 Stock  Option Plan may be no less than the fair  market  value of
the common stock. The exercise price for non-statutory options granted under the
2001 Stock  Option Plan may be no less than 85% of the fair market  value of the
common stock.

The following table sets forth  information with regard to stock options granted
under the company's 1995 Incentive Stock Option Plan and 2001 Stock Option Plan.

The following table furnishes information regarding stock options granted to the
individuals named in the table above:


                                       51


                                INDIVIDUAL GRANTS



                                         PERCENTAGE OF
                            NUMBER OF       TOTAL
                           SECURITIES    OPTIONS/SARS
                           UNDERLYING     GRANTED TO                              PRESENT VALUE
                          OPTIONS/SARS   EMPLOYEES IN        EXERCISE OR         OF STOCK OPTION      EXPIRATION
         NAME               GRANTED      FISCAL YEAR        BASE PRICE ($/SH)   ON DATE OF GRANT(19)    DATE
                                                                                        
Donald L. Kovach            9,975(20)       16.3%               $ 9.90                $1.16            01/22/13
Terry H. Thompson           7,481(21)       12.2%               $ 9.90                $1.16            01/22/13
George B. Harper            4,988(22)        8.2%               $10.05                $1.15            04/23/13
George Lista                4,988(23)        8.2%               $10.05                $1.15            04/23/13


The following table sets forth information  concerning the fiscal year-end value
of unexercised  stock options held by the executive  officers named in the table
above.

             AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND
                        FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION/SAR VALUES




                            NUMBER OF
                             SHARES                          NUMBER OF UNEXERCISED            VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                            ACQUIRED          VALUE               OPTIONS/SARS             IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS/SARS
                              ON            REALIZED           AT FISCAL YEAR-END              AT FISCAL YEAR-END
       NAME                 EXERCISE          ($)         EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE    EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE
                                                                                          
Donald L. Kovach               --              --            10,619          9,705          $75,275         $96,107
Terry H. Thompson             189          $1,605             4,128          7,967          $41,012         $78,857
George H. Harper               --              --             2,297          3,741          $22,778         $37,590
George Lista                   --              --             1,247          3,741          $12,530         $37,590



TRANSACTIONS WITH MANAGEMENT

The bank has made in the past and, assuming continued  satisfaction of generally
applicable  credit  standards,  expects to continue to make loans to  directors,
executive officers and their associates (i.e.  corporations or organizations for
which they  serve as  officers  or  directors  or in which they have  beneficial
ownership  interests of ten percent or more).  All of these loans have been made
in the ordinary course of the bank's business on  substantially  the same terms,
including  interest rates and  collateral,  as those  prevailing at the time for
comparable  transactions  with other  persons and do not  involve  more than the
normal risk of default or present other unfavorable features.

----------
(19)  The present  value of each option  grant is estimated on the date of grant
      using  the   Black-Scholes   option   pricing  model  with  the  following
      weighted-average assumptions: dividend yield of 2.41%, expected volatility
      of  13.24%,  risk-free  interest  rate of  3.05%  for Mr.  Kovach  and Mr.
      Thompson and 2.93% for Mr.  Harper and Mr.  Lista and an expected  life of
      five (5) years.

(20)  As  of  December  31,  2003,  2,494  of  these  options  were  immediately
      exercisable.

(21)  As  of  December  31,  2003,  1,870  of  these  options  were  immediately
      exercisable.

(22)  As  of  December  31,  2003,  1,247  of  these  options  were  immediately
      exercisable.

(23)  As  of  December  31,  2003,  1,247  of  these  options  were  immediately
      exercisable.


                                       52



The bank also had the following  transactions with directors,  executive officer
and  their  associates  at terms at least as  favorable  to the bank as could be
obtained from an independent third party.

The bank paid  $15,770 to Irvin  Ackerson  for real  estate  appraisal  services
rendered to the bank for loan  originations  during  fiscal 2003.  Mr.  Ackerson
continues to render real estate  appraisal  services to the bank.  The bank also
paid  $10,716 to related  parties  during  2003 for legal,  tax  accounting  and
construction services.

The bank  leases its  Montague  branch  office  from  Montague  Mini Mall,  Inc.
pursuant to a lease covering 1,200 square feet. The lease  agreement was renewed
as of April 1, 2002. As renewed,  the lease will terminate on March 31, 2007 and
provides for a monthly rent of $1,850 or $22,200 per year. Mr. Joseph Zitone,  a
director of the company, is the majority shareholder or Montague Mini Mall, Inc.
The company considers the lease terms to be comparable to those which exist with
unaffiliated third parties.


                     DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY'S SECURITIES

GENERAL

Sussex Bancorp is  incorporated  under the laws of the State of New Jersey.  The
rights of the holders of our stock will be  governed by the New Jersey  Business
Corporation Act and the certificate of incorporation.  The company's certificate
of  incorporation  provides  for  an  authorized  capitalization  consisting  of
5,000,000 shares of common stock, without par value.

As of _____________,  2004,  1,835,085 shares of the company's common stock were
outstanding, leaving 3,164,915 shares of authorized common stock available to be
issued.  Under New Jersey law, the board of directors is generally  empowered to
issue authorized common stock without shareholder approval.

Upon  completing  of the offering,  assuming the exercise of the  over-allotment
options granted to the  underwriter,  there will be  ________________  shares of
common stock outstanding.  Up to an additional  ______________  shares of common
stock will be issuable upon exercise of the  outstanding  options  granted under
the company's 1995 and 2001 stock option plans.

DIVIDEND RIGHTS

The holders of the company's  common stock are entitled to dividends,  when, as,
and if declared by the board of directors,  subject to the restrictions  imposed
by New Jersey law. The only  statutory  limitation  applicable to the company is
that  dividends  may not be paid if the  company  is  insolvent.  However,  as a
practical matter, unless the company expands its activities,  its only source of
income will be the earnings of the bank. Under the Banking Act, dividends may be
paid only if, after the payment of the  dividend,  the capital stock of the bank
will be unimpaired  and either the bank will have a surplus of not less than 50%
of its capital  stock or the payment of the dividend  will not reduce the bank's
surplus.

VOTING RIGHTS

Each share of the common  stock is  entitled  to one vote per share.  Cumulative
voting is not permitted. Under New Jersey corporate law, the affirmative vote of
a majority of the votes cast is required to approve any merger, consolidation or
disposition of substantially all of the company's assets.

PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

Under New Jersey law,  shareholders  may have preemptive  rights if these rights
are provided in the certificate of incorporation.  The company's  certificate of
incorporation does not provide for preemptive rights.


                                       53


APPRAISAL RIGHTS

Under  New  Jersey  law,  dissenting  shareholders  will have  appraisal  rights
(subject to the broad  exception  set forth in the next  sentence)  upon certain
mergers  or  consolidations.  Appraisal  rights  are not  available  in any such
transaction  if shares of the  corporation  are listed for trading on a national
securities  exchange or held of record by more than 1,000 holders.  In addition,
appraisal  rights are not available to shareholders  of an acquired  corporation
if,  as a result of the  transaction,  shares of the  acquired  corporation  are
exchanged for any of the following:  (i) cash;  (ii) any securities  listed on a
national  securities  exchange or held of record by more than 1,000 holders;  or
(iii)  any  combination  of the  above.  New  Jersey  law also  provides  that a
corporation  may  grant  appraisal  rights  in other  types of  transactions  or
regardless  of the  consideration  received by providing  for such rights in its
certificate of incorporation.  The company's  certificate of incorporation  does
not provide appraisal rights beyond those called for under New Jersey law.

DIRECTORS

Under New Jersey law and the company's certificate of incorporation, the company
is to have a minimum of three (3) directors and a maximum of  twenty-five  (25),
with the  number  of  directors  at any  given  time to be fixed by the board of
directors. The company currently has eight (8) directors.

INDEMNIFICATION

The  company's  certificate  of  incorporation  provides  that the company  will
indemnify  any  person  who  was or is a party  to any  threatened,  pending  or
completed action, whether civil or criminal,  administrative or investigative by
reason of the fact  that such  person is or was a  director  or  officer  of the
company,  or is or was serving as a director  or officer of any other  entity at
the company's  request against  expenses,  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in
settlement incurred by such person in connection with such action, provided that
the director or officer acted in good faith in a manner he  reasonably  believed
to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the company and, with respect to
any  criminal  action or  proceeding,  had no  reasonable  cause to believe  his
conduct was unlawful.  In addition, in the event that such action is in the name
of the  company,  a director  or officer may not be  indemnified  if he is found
liable to the company  unless a court  determines  that,  despite the finding of
liability,  the  officer  or  director  is fairly  and  reasonably  entitled  to
indemnification.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

The company's  certificate of incorporation  contains  provisions that may limit
the  liability  of  any of its  directors  or  officers  to the  company  or its
shareholders  for damages for an alleged  breach of any duty owed to the company
or its  shareholders.  This  limitation  will not relieve an officer or director
from  liability  based on any act or  omission  (i)  which was in breach of such
person's duty of loyalty to the company or its shareholders;  (ii) which was not
in good faith or involved a knowing violation of law; or (iii) which resulted in
receipt by such  officer or  director  of an improper  personal  benefit.  These
provisions are permissible under New Jersey law.

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

BANK REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

Under the Federal Change in Bank Control Act (the "Control Act"), a 60 day prior
written  notice must be  submitted  to the Federal  Reserve  Bank ("FRB") if any
person,  or any group  acting in  concert,  seeks to acquire  10% or more of any
class of outstanding voting securities of a bank holding company, unless the FRB
determines  that the acquisition  will not result in a change of control.  Under
the Control Act,  the FRB has 60 days within which to act on such notice  taking
into  consideration  certain  factors,  including the  financial and  managerial
resources of the acquirer,  the convenience and needs of the community served by
the bank holding company and its subsidiary  banks and the antitrust  effects of
the  acquisition.  Under  the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act of 1956,  as  amended
("BHCA"),  a company is generally  required to obtain prior  approval of the FRB
before it may obtain control of a bank holding company.  Under the BHCA, control
is generally  described to mean the  beneficial  ownership of 25% or more of the
outstanding  voting  securities of a company,  although a presumption of control
may exist if a party  beneficially  owns 10% or more of the  outstanding  voting
securities of a company and certain other circumstances are present.


                                       54


CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Pursuant to the company's  certificate of incorporation,  the board of directors
is divided into three classes, each of which contains approximately one-third of
the whole  number of the  members of the board.  Each class  serves a  staggered
term,  with  approximately  one-third  of the total  number of  directors  being
elected each year. The certificate of incorporation  and bylaws provide that the
size of the board  shall be  determined  by a  majority  of the  directors.  The
certificate of incorporation  and the bylaws provide that any vacancy  occurring
in the  board,  including  a vacancy  created  by an  increase  in the number of
directors or resulting from death,  resignation,  retirement,  disqualification,
removal  from office or other  cause,  shall be filled for the  remainder of the
unexpired  term  exclusively by a majority vote of the directors then in office.
The  classified  board is  intended to provide  for  continuity  of the board of
directors  and to make it more  difficult  and time  consuming for a stockholder
group to use its voting power to gain control of the board of directors  without
the consent of the incumbent board of directors of the company.

STOCKHOLDER VOTE REQUIRED TO APPROVE BUSINESS COMBINATIONS


Under New Jersey law, business combinations,  including mergers,  consolidations
and  sales of all or  substantially  all of the  assets of a  corporation  must,
subject to  certain  exceptions,  be  approved  by the vote of the  holders of a
majority of the outstanding  shares of common stock of the company and any other
affected  class of stock,  unless a higher  vote is  required  under a company's
certificate of incorporation.  The company's  certificate of incorporation  does
not contain any higher voting requirements.


AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

Amendments to the  certificate of  incorporation  must be approved by a majority
vote  of the  company's  board  of  directors  and  also  by a  majority  of the
outstanding shares of its voting stock.

NEW JERSEY SHAREHOLDERS PROTECTION ACT


A  provision  of New Jersey law,  the New Jersey  Shareholders  Protection  Act,
prohibits  certain  transactions  involving an  "interested  stockholder'  and a
corporation.  An "interested stockholder" is generally defined as one who is the
beneficial owner, directly or indirectly,  of 10% or more of the voting power of
the outstanding stock of the corporation. The Shareholders Act prohibits certain
business  combinations  between  an  interested  stockholder  and a  New  Jersey
corporation subject to the Shareholders Act for a period of five years after the
date the interested  stockholder  acquired his stock, unless the transaction was
approved  by  the  corporation's  board  of  directors  prior  to the  time  the
interested  stockholder  acquired his stock. After the five-year period expires,
the  prohibition  on  business  combinations  with  an  interested   stockholder
continues unless certain conditions are met. The conditions include (i) that the
business  combination  is  approved  by the  board of  directors  of the  target
corporation;  (ii)  that  the  business  combination  is  approved  by a vote of
two-thirds  of the voting  stock not owned by the  interested  stockholder;  and
(iii) that the  stockholders  of the  corporation  receive a price in accordance
with the Shareholders Act.


                           SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

Bank holding  companies and banks are  extensively  regulated under both federal
and state law. These laws and  regulations  are intended to protect  depositors,
not  shareholders.  To the  extent  that  the  following  information  describes
statutory  and  regulatory  provisions,  it is  qualified  in  its  entirety  by
reference to the particular statutory and regulatory  provisions.  Any change in
the applicable law or regulation may have a material  effect on the business and
prospects of the company and the bank.

BANK HOLDING COMPANY REGULATION

As a bank holding  company  registered  under the Bank Holding  Company Act, the
company is subject to the regulation and supervision  applicable to bank holding
companies by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve  System.  The company
is  required  to  file  with  the  Federal  Reserve  annual  reports  and  other
information regarding its business operations and those of its subsidiaries.


                                       55


The Bank Holding Company Act requires, among other things, the prior approval of
the Federal  Reserve in any case where a bank  holding  company  proposes to (i)
acquire all or  substantially  all of the assets of any other bank, (ii) acquire
direct or  indirect  ownership  or  control  of more than 5% of the  outstanding
voting  stock of any bank  (unless it owns a majority of such  company's  voting
shares) or (iii) merge or consolidate with any other bank holding  company.  The
Federal Reserve will not approve any acquisition,  merger, or consolidation that
would have a substantially  anti-competitive effect, unless the anti-competitive
impact of the proposed  transaction  is clearly  outweighed by a greater  public
interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The
Federal  Reserve  also  considers  capital  adequacy  and  other  financial  and
managerial  resources  and  future  prospects  of the  companies  and the  banks
concerned,  together  with the  convenience  and  needs of the  community  to be
served, when reviewing acquisitions or mergers.

The Bank Holding Company Act generally  prohibits a bank holding  company,  with
certain limited  exceptions,  from (i) acquiring or retaining direct or indirect
ownership  or control  of more than 5% of the  outstanding  voting  stock of any
company which is not a bank or bank holding company,  or (ii) engaging  directly
or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling
banks,  or performing  services for its  subsidiaries,  unless such  non-banking
business  is  determined  by the  Federal  Reserve to be so  closely  related to
banking or managing or controlling banks as to be properly incident thereto.

The Bank Holding Company Act was substantially amended through the Modernization
Act. The  Modernization  Act permits bank holding  companies and banks that meet
certain capital,  management and Community  Reinvestment Act standards to engage
in a  broader  range  of  non-banking  activities.  In  addition,  bank  holding
companies  which  elect to become  financial  holding  companies  may  engage in
certain  banking  and  non-banking  activities  without  prior  Federal  Reserve
approval.   Finally,   the   Modernization   Act  imposes  certain  new  privacy
requirements  on all  financial  institutions  and their  treatment  of consumer
information.  At this time,  the  company  has elected not to become a financial
holding  company,  as it  does  not  engage  in any  activities  which  are  not
permissible for banks.

There are a number of  obligations  and  restrictions  imposed  on bank  holding
companies and their  depository  institution  subsidiaries by law and regulatory
policy that are designed to minimize  potential  loss to the  depositors of such
depository institutions and the FDIC insurance funds in the event the depository
institution becomes in danger of default.  Under a policy of the Federal Reserve
with  respect to bank holding  company  operations,  a bank  holding  company is
required to serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary depository
institutions   and  to  commit   resources  to  support  such   institutions  in
circumstances  where it might not do so absent such policy.  The Federal Reserve
also has the  authority  under the Bank  Holding  Company  Act to require a bank
holding company to terminate any activity or to relinquish control of a non-bank
subsidiary  upon the  Federal  Reserve's  determination  that such  activity  or
control  constitutes a serious risk to the financial  soundness and stability of
any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company.

CAPITAL ADEQUACY GUIDELINES FOR BANK HOLDING COMPANIES

The Federal Reserve has adopted  risk-based  capital guidelines for bank holding
companies.  The risk-based  capital  guidelines are designed to make  regulatory
capital  requirements  more sensitive to differences in risk profile among banks
and bank holding  companies,  to account for off-balance sheet exposure,  and to
minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Under these guidelines, assets
and  off-balance  sheet items are  assigned to broad risk  categories  each with
appropriate  weights.  The  resulting  capital  ratios  represent  capital  as a
percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items.

The minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted  assets  (including  certain
off-balance sheet activities, such as standby letters of credit) is 8%. At least
4% of the total capital is required to be "Tier I Capital," consisting of common
shareholders' equity and qualifying preferred stock, less certain goodwill items
and other  intangible  assets.  The remainder ("Tier II Capital") may consist of
(a) the allowance for loan losses of up to 1.25% of  risk-weighted  assets,  (b)
non-qualifying  preferred stock, (c) hybrid capital  instruments,  (d) perpetual
debt, (e) mandatory convertible securities, and (f) qualifying subordinated debt
and intermediate-term preferred stock up to 50% of Tier I capital. Total capital
is the sum of Tier I and  Tier II  capital  less  reciprocal  holdings  of other
banking  organizations'  capital  instruments,   investments  in  unconsolidated
subsidiaries  and any other  deductions  as  determined  by the Federal  Reserve
(determined  on a case by case  basis  or as a matter  of  policy  after  formal
rule-making).


                                       56


Bank holding company assets are given  risk-weights of 0%, 20%, 50% and 100%. In
addition,  certain  off-balance  sheet items are given similar credit conversion
factors  to convert  them to asset  equivalent  amounts to which an  appropriate
risk-weight will apply.  These  computations  result in the total  risk-weighted
assets. Most loans are assigned to the 100% risk category, except for performing
first  mortgage  loans fully secured by  residential  property which carry a 50%
risk-weighting  and loans secured by deposits in the bank which carry a 20% risk
weighting. Most investment securities (including,  primarily, general obligation
claims of states or other  political  subdivisions  of the  United  States)  are
assigned to the 20% category, except for municipal or state revenue bonds, which
have  a 50%  risk-weight,  and  direct  obligations  of  the  U.S.  Treasury  or
obligations  backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.  Government,  which
have a 0%  risk-weight.  In converting  off-balance  sheet items,  direct credit
substitutes  including general  guarantees and standby letters of credit backing
financial  obligations  are given a 100%  risk  weighting.  Transaction  related
contingencies such as bid bonds,  standby letters of credit backing nonfinancial
obligations,  and undrawn commitments (including commercial credit lines with an
initial  maturity of more than one year) have a 50% risk  weighting.  Short-term
commercial  letters of credit have a 20% risk  weighting and certain  short-term
unconditionally cancelable commitments have a 0% risk weighting.

In addition  to the  risk-based  capital  guidelines,  the  Federal  Reserve has
adopted a minimum Tier I capital  (leverage)  ratio,  under which a bank holding
company  must  maintain  a minimum  level of Tier I  capital  to  average  total
consolidated  assets of at least 3% in the case of a bank  holding  company that
has  the  highest  regulatory   examination  rating  and  is  not  contemplating
significant  growth or expansion.  All other bank holding companies are expected
to  maintain  a  leverage  ratio of at least 100 to 200 basis  points  above the
stated minimum.

BANK REGULATION

As  a  New  Jersey-chartered  commercial  bank,  the  bank  is  subject  to  the
regulation, supervision, and control of the New Jersey Department of Banking and
Insurance.  As an FDIC-insured  institution,  the bank is subject to regulation,
supervision  and control of the FDIC, an agency of the federal  government.  The
regulations  of the FDIC and the New Jersey  Department of Banking and Insurance
impact  virtually all of the bank's  activities,  including the minimum level of
capital we must maintain,  our ability to pay  dividends,  our ability to expand
through new branches or acquisitions and various other matters.

Insurance  Deposits.  Our  deposits  are insured up to a maximum of $100,000 per
depositor  under the Bank Insurance Fund of the FDIC. The FDIC has established a
risk-based assessment system for all insured depository institutions.  Under the
risk-based  assessment  system,  deposit insurance premium rates range from 0-27
basis points of assessed deposits.  For the year ended December 31, 2003 we paid
$ 30,202 in deposit insurance premiums.

Capital  Adequacy  Guidelines.  The  FDIC  has  promulgated  risk-based  capital
guidelines  that are  designed  to make  regulatory  capital  requirements  more
sensitive to differences in risk profile among banks, to account for off-balance
sheet exposure,  and to minimize  disincentives for holding liquid assets. Under
these guidelines,  assets and off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk
categories,   each  with  appropriate  weights.  The  resulting  capital  ratios
represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted  assets and off-balance
sheet items.  These guidelines are substantially  similar to the Federal Reserve
Board guidelines discussed above.


In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the FDIC has adopted a minimum
Tier 1 capital  (leverage) ratio.  This measurement is substantially  similar to
the Federal Reserve leverage capital  measurement  discussed above. At September
30, 2004, the company's and the bank's ratios of total capital to  risk-weighted
assets were 12.02% and 11.72% respectively.


Dividends. The bank may pay dividends as declared from time to time by the board
of directors out of funds legally  available,  subject to certain  restrictions.
Under the New Jersey  Banking Act of 1948,  the bank may not pay a cash dividend
unless,  following the payment,  the bank's capital stock will be unimpaired and
the bank will have a surplus of no less than 50% of the bank  capital  stock or,
if not, the payment of the dividend  will reduce the surplus.  In addition,  the
bank cannot pay  dividends in such  amounts as would  reduce the bank's  capital
below regulatory imposed minimums.


                                       57


SARBANES-OXLEY ACT


On July 30, 2002, the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act, or "SOX," was enacted.  SOX is not a
banking law, but applies to all public companies,  including Sussex.  The stated
goals of SOX are to increase corporate  responsibility,  to provide for enhanced
penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies
and to protect  investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate
disclosures  pursuant to the securities  laws. SOX is the most far reaching U.S.
securities  legislation  enacted  in some  time.  SOX  generally  applies to all
companies,  both U.S. and  non-U.S.,  that file or are required to file periodic
reports  with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission(the  "SEC")  under  the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").


SOX includes very specific additional disclosure  requirements and new corporate
government rules,  requires the SEC and securities  exchanges to adopt extensive
additional disclosure, corporate governance and other related rules and mandates
further  studies  of  specific  issues by the SEC.  SOX  represents  significant
federal  involvement in matters  traditionally left to state regulatory systems,
such as the regulation of the accounting profession, and to state corporate law,
such as the relationship between a board of directors and management and between
a board of directors and its committees. SOX addresses, among other matters:

      o     audit committees;

      o     certification of financial statements by the chief executive officer
            and the chief financial officer;

      o     the forfeiture of bonuses or other  incentive-based  competition and
            profits from the sale of an issuer's  securities  by  directors  and
            senior  officers  in  the  twelve  month  period  following  initial
            publication   of  any  financial   statements   that  later  require
            restatement;

      o     a  prohibition  on insider  trading  during  pension  plan black out
            periods;

      o     disclosure of off-balance sheet transactions;

      o     a prohibition on personal  loans to officers and  directors,  unless
            subject to Federal Reserve Regulation O;

      o     expedited  filing  requirements  for Form 4 statements of changes of
            beneficial ownership of securities required to be filed by officers,
            directors and 10% shareholders;

      o     disclosure of whether or not a company has adopted a code of ethics;

      o     "real time" filing of periodic reports;

      o     auditor independence;

      o     various  increased  criminal  penalties for violations of securities
            laws; and

Complying with the  requirements  of SOX as implemented by the SEC will increase
our  compliance  costs and could make it more  difficult  to attract  and retain
board members.

USA PATRIOT ACT

In October  2001,  President  Bush signed into law the USA PATRIOT Act. This Act
was in direct  response to the  terrorist  attacks on September  11,  2001,  and
strengthens the anti-money  laundering  provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act. Most
of the new provisions  added by this Act apply to accounts at or held by foreign
banks, or accounts of or transactions with foreign  entities.  The bank does not
have a significant  foreign  business and does not expect this Act to materially
affect its operations. This Act does, however, require the banking regulators to
consider a bank's record of  compliance  under the Bank Secrecy Act in acting on
any application filed by a bank. As the bank is subject to the provisions of the
Bank Secrecy Act (i.e.,  reporting of cash  transactions  in excess of $10,000),
the bank's record of compliance in this area will be an additional factor in any
applications  filed by it in the future. To the bank's knowledge,  its record of
compliance in this area is  satisfactory  and its  processes  and  procedures to
insure compliance with this Act are satisfactory.


                                       58


INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Insofar as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising under the 1933 Act may be
permitted  to  our  directors,   officers  and  controlling  persons  under  the
provisions  discussed  above or  otherwise,  we have been advised  that,  in the
opinion of the SEC, such  indemnification  is against public policy as expressed
in the ExchangeAct and is, therefore, unenforceable.

REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT

The  registrar  and  transfer  agent for our common  stock is  American  Stock &
Transfer Trust Company, 59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level, New York, New York 10038.


                                       59


                                  UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting  agreement
with respect to the shares of common stock being  offered.  Subject to the terms
and conditions  contained in the  underwriting  agreement,  each underwriter has
agreed to purchase from us the  respective  number of shares of common stock set
forth opposite its name below. The underwriters'  obligations are several, which
means that each underwriter is required to purchase a specific number of shares,
but it is not  responsible  for  the  commitment  of any  other  underwriter  to
purchase shares.  Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods, Inc. is acting as the representative
of the underwriters.

                    UNDERWRITERS                     Number of Shares
                    ------------                     ----------------

                                                     ----------------
        Total
                                                     ================

The underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for all such shares of common
stock,  if any are  purchased,  other than those  covered by the  over-allotment
option described below.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable no later than 30 days
after the date of this  prospectus,  to  purchase up to  ___________  additional
shares  of common  stock at the  public  offering  price  less the  underwriting
discount set forth on the cover page of this  prospectus.  The  underwriters may
exercise this option only to cover  over-allotments,  if any, made in connection
with this offering.  To the extent the option is exercised and the conditions of
the  underwriting  agreement are satisfied,  we will be obligated to sell to the
underwriters,  and  the  underwriters  will  be  obligated  to  purchase,  these
additional shares of common stock.

The  underwriters  propose to offer the shares of common  stock  directly to the
public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this  prospectus and
to certain securities dealers at the public offering price less a concession not
in excess of $___ per share.  The  underwriters may allow, and these dealers may
re-allow,  a  concession  not in  excess  of $___  per  share  on sales to other
dealers.  After the public offering of the common stock,  the  underwriters  may
change the offering price and other selling terms.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting  discount that we
will pay to the  underwriters  and the proceeds we will receive before expenses.
These  amounts  are shown  assuming  both no exercise  and full  exercise of the
underwriters' over-allotment option to purchase additional shares.

                                    Per       Total Without       Total With
                                    Share     Over-Allotment     Over-Allotment
Price to public                      $           $                   $
Underwriting discount
Proceeds to us, before expenses

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering,  excluding the underwriting
discount, will be approximately $ million and are payable by us.

The  shares of  common  stock are being  offered  by the  several  underwriters,
subject to prior sale,  when, as and if issued to and accepted by them,  subject
to approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the  underwriters  and other
conditions specified in the underwriting agreement. The underwriters reserve the
right to withdraw, cancel, or modify this offer and to reject orders in whole or
in part.


                                       60


The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters are
conditional and may be terminated at their  discretion based on their assessment
of the state of the financial  markets.  The obligations of the underwriters may
also  be  terminated  upon  the  occurrence  of  the  events  specified  in  the
underwriting   agreement.   The   underwriting   agreement   provides  that  the
underwriters  are  obligated  to purchase all the shares of common stock in this
offering  if  any  are  purchased,  other  than  those  shares  covered  by  the
over-allotment option described above.

Lock-up Agreement.  We, and each of our executive  officers and directors,  have
agreed, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, not to sell,
offer, agree to sell, contract to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to
sell,  make any short  sale,  or  otherwise  dispose  of or hedge,  directly  or
indirectly,  any  shares of our common  stock or  securities  convertible  into,
exchangeable,  or exercisable  for any shares of our common stock or warrants or
other rights to purchase shares of our common stock or other similar  securities
without,  in each case,  the prior written  consent of Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,
Inc. These  restrictions  are expressly agreed to preclude us, and our executive
officers and  directors,  from engaging in any hedging or other  transaction  or
arrangement  that is designed to, or which reasonably could be expected to, lead
to or result in a sale,  disposition or transfer, in whole or in part, of any of
the  economic  consequences  of  ownership  of our common  stock,  whether  such
transaction would be settled by delivery of common stock or other securities, in
cash, or otherwise.

Indemnity. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters, and persons who control
the underwriters,  against certain liabilities,  including liabilities under the
Securities Act of 1933, and to contribute to payments that the  underwriters may
be required to make in respect of these liabilities.

Stabilization.  In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in
stabilizing  transactions,   over-allotment  transactions,   syndicate  covering
transactions, and penalty bids.

      o     Stabilizing  transactions  permit bids to purchase  shares of common
            stock so long as the  stabilizing  bids do not  exceed  a  specified
            maximum,  and  are  engaged  in for the  purpose  of  preventing  or
            retarding  a decline in the market  price of the common  stock while
            the offering is in progress.

      o     Over-allotment  transactions  involve sales by the  underwriters  of
            shares of  common  stock in  excess  of the  number  of  shares  the
            underwriters  are  obligated to  purchase.  This creates a syndicate
            short  position  which may be either a covered  short  position or a
            naked short  position.  In a covered short  position,  the number of
            shares of common  stock  over-allotted  by the  underwriters  is not
            greater  than the  number of shares  that they may  purchase  in the
            over-allotment  option.  In a naked  short  position,  the number of
            shares  involved  is  greater  than  the  number  of  shares  in the
            over-allotment  option.  The  underwriters  may  close out any short
            position by exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing
            shares in the open market.

      o     Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of common stock in
            the open market after the  distribution  has been completed in order
            to cover  syndicate  short  positions.  In determining the source of
            shares  to close  out the  short  position,  the  underwriters  will
            consider,  among other  things,  the price of shares  available  for
            purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they
            may purchase shares through exercise of the  over-allotment  option.
            If the  underwriters  sell more  shares  than  could be  covered  by
            exercise of the over-allotment  option and, therefore,  have a naked
            short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares
            in the open  market.  A naked  short  position  is more likely to be
            created if the  underwriters  are concerned that after pricing there
            could be  downward  pressure  on the price of the shares in the open
            market that could  adversely  affect  investors  who purchase in the
            offering.

      o     Penalty  bids  permit  the   representative  to  reclaim  a  selling
            concession from a syndicate  member when the common stock originally
            sold by  that  syndicate  member  is  purchased  in  stabilizing  or
            syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.


These stabilizing  transactions,  syndicate covering  transactions,  and penalty
bids may have the  effect of  raising or  maintaining  the  market  price of our
common  stock or  preventing  or  retarding a decline in the market price of our
common stock. As a result,  the price of our common stock in the open market may
be higher  than it would  otherwise  be in the  absence  of these  transactions.
Neither we nor the underwriters make any  representation or prediction as to the
effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common
stock.  The underwriters  may discontinue  these  transactions at any time. From
time to time,  some of the  underwriters  have  provided,  and may  continue  to
provide,  investment  banking  services  to us in the  ordinary  course of their
respective  businesses,   and  have  received,  and  may  continue  to  receive,
compensation for such services.



                                       61


                                  LEGAL MATTERS

Windels Marx Lane & Mittendorf,  LLP, New Brunswick,  New Jersey, will pass upon
the legality of the securities  offered by this Prospectus for us. Certain legal
matters will be passed upon for the underwriter by Thacher Proffitt & Wood, LLP,
Summit, New Jersey.

                                     EXPERTS

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Sussex  Bancorp  included  in this
Prospectus and in the  Registration  Statement have been audited by Beard Miller
Company LLP,  independent  registered  public accounting firm, to the extent and
for the periods set forth in their report appearing  elsewhere herein and in the
Registration Statement, and are included in reliance upon such report given upon
the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

                       WHERE YOU CAN GET MORE INFORMATION

At your request,  we will provide you, without charge, a copy of any exhibits to
our registration statement incorporated by reference in this prospectus.  If you
want more information, write or call us at:

                                 Sussex Bancorp
                              200 Munsonhurst Road
                                    Route 517
                         Franklin, New Jersey 07416-0353
                                 (973) 827-2914

We are subject to the informational requirements of the 1934 Act and as required
by the 1934 Act we file reports, proxy statements and other information with the
SEC.  Reports,  proxy  statements  and  other  information  filed  by us  may be
inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at
Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Judiciary Plaza, Washington,  DC 20549 and at
the SEC's  regional  offices  located at New York,  New York 10048 and  Citicorp
Center, 500 West Madison Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661. Our SEC
filings  are  also  available  to  the  public  on  the  SEC  Internet  site  at
http://www.sec.gov    and   are   also    available    on   our    website    at
http://www.sussexbank.com.

We have filed with the SEC a registration  statement on Form SB-2 (together with
all amendments and exhibits thereto, the "Registration  Statement") with respect
to the shares of common stock offered by this  prospectus.  This prospectus does
not contain all of the information included in the Registration  Statement.  For
further  information  about us and the  shares of common  stock  offered by this
prospectus, please refer to the Registration Statement and its exhibits. You may
obtain  a copy  of the  Registration  Statement  through  the  public  reference
facilities  of the SEC  described  above.  You  may  also  access  a copy of the
Registration Statement by means of the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov.


                                       62


                          SUSSEX BANCORP & SUBSIDIARIES
                 INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




                                                                                               Page No.
                                                                                              
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2004 (unaudited) and December 31, 2003           F-1

Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months and the nine months ended
September 30, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)                                                          F-2

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the nine months ended
         September 30, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)                                                 F-3

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended
 September 30, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)                                                         F-4

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)                                           F-5

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm                                          F-9

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2002                                     F-10

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended
 December 31, 2003 and 2002                                                                      F-11

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years
ended December 31, 2003 and 2002                                                                 F-12

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
December 31, 2003 and 2002                                                                       F-13

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                                       F-14




                                       63


                         PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1 - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                 SUSSEX BANCORP
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                             (Dollars In Thousands)
                                   (Unaudited)




                                                          SEPTEMBER 30,
ASSETS                                                             2004      DECEMBER 31, 2003
-----                                                     ------------------------ -----------
                                                                          
Cash and due from banks                                        $ 13,090         $ 11,301
Federal funds sold                                                   --            4,195
                                                               --------         --------
   Cash and cash equivalents                                     13,090           15,496

Interest bearing time deposits with other banks                  10,900            3,500
Securities available for sale                                    72,612           76,545
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock, at cost                               690              760

Loans receivable, net of unearned income                        149,042          134,374
   Less:  allowance for loan losses                               2,078            1,734
                                                               --------         --------
        Net loans receivable                                    146,964          132,640

Premises and equipment, net                                       5,667            4,650
Accrued interest receivable                                       1,265            1,241
Goodwill                                                          2,124            2,124
Other assets                                                      6,389            3,661
                                                               --------         --------

TOTAL ASSETS                                                   $259,701         $240,617
                                                               ========         ========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Liabilities:
   Deposits:
      Non-interest bearing                                     $ 36,868         $ 31,715
      Interest bearing demand                                   186,862          175,942
                                                               --------         --------
   Total Deposits                                               223,730          207,657

Federal Funds Purchased                                           2,385               --
Borrowings                                                       10,000           11,000
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities                    2,245            2,056
Junior subordinated debentures                                    5,155               --
Mandatory redeemable capital debentures                              --            5,000
                                                               --------         --------

TOTAL LIABILITIES                                               243,515          225,713

Stockholders' Equity:
   Common stock, no par value, authorized 5,000,000 shares;
     issued and outstanding 1,842,188 in 2004 and 1,811,460
     in 2003                                                      9,987            9,616
   Retained earnings                                              5,821            5,040
   Accumulated other comprehensive income                           378              248
                                                               --------         --------

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                       16,186           14,904
                                                               --------         --------

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                     $259,701         $240,617
                                                               ========         ========



                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                       F-1


                                 SUSSEX BANCORP
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                        (In Thousands Except Share Data)
                                   (Unaudited)



                                                                    Three Months Ended     Nine Months Ended
                                                                       September 30,         September 30,
                                                                    --------------------  ------------------
                                                                       2004       2003       2004      2003
                                                                     ------     ------     ------     ------
                                                                                          
INTEREST INCOME
   Loans receivable, including fees                                  $2,260     $2,036     $6,522     $6,008
   Securities:
      Taxable                                                           483        360      1,368      1,328
      Tax-exempt                                                        221        198        634        532
   Federal funds sold                                                    10         14         41         95
   Interest bearing deposits                                             13         11         30         36
                                                                     ------     ------     ------     ------
         TOTAL INTEREST INCOME                                        2,987      2,619      8,595      7,999
                                                                     ------     ------     ------     ------

INTEREST EXPENSE
   Deposits                                                             493        479      1,460      1,574
   Borrowings                                                           130        142        395        437
   Junior subordinated debentures                                        66         60        187        186
                                                                     ------     ------     ------     ------
        TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE                                          689        681      2,042      2,197
                                                                     ------     ------     ------     ------
        NET INTEREST INCOME                                           2,298      1,938      6,553      5,802
Provision for Loan Losses                                               120         70        373        315
                                                                     ------     ------     ------     ------
        NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES           2,178      1,868      6,180      5,487
                                                                     ------     ------     ------     ------

OTHER INCOME
   Service fees on deposit accounts                                     175        197        557        569
   ATM fees                                                              87         87        237        251
   Insurance commissions and fees                                       526        512      1,696      1,599
   Mortgage broker fees                                                 130          5        456         49
   Investment brokerage fees                                             96         54        217        192
   Net gain on sale of loans held for sale                               --         --         --         24
   Net gain on sale of securities available for sale                     11         --         11         --
   Net gain on sale of foreclosed real estate                            --         --         --         63
   Other                                                                 84         59        252        184
                                                                     ------     ------     ------     ------
      TOTAL OTHER INCOME                                              1,109        914      3,426      2,931

OTHER EXPENSE
   Salaries and employee benefits                                     1,564      1,371      4,654      3,998
   Occupancy, net                                                       225        154        639        478
   Furniture and equipment                                              247        199        659        600
   Stationary and supplies                                               43         43        126        140
   Professional fees                                                     81         47        238        263
   Advertising and promotion                                             96        111        279        286
   Postage and freight                                                   39         44        130        130
   Amortization of intangible assets                                     51         42        145        119
   Other                                                                395        364      1,141      1,080
                                                                     ------     ------     ------     ------
      TOTAL OTHER EXPENSE                                             2,741      2,375      8,011      7,098
                                                                     ------     ------     ------     ------

       INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES                                       546        407      1,595      1,320
Provision for Income Taxes                                              143         91        430        331
                                                                     ------     ------     ------     ------
      NET INCOME                                                     $  403     $  316     $1,165     $  989
                                                                     ======     ======     ======     ======

EARNINGS PER SHARE
                                                                     ------     ------     ------     ------
   Basic                                                             $ 0.22     $ 0.18      $0.64     $ 0.55
                                                                     ======     ======     ======     ======
   Diluted                                                           $ 0.21     $ 0.17      $0.61     $ 0.54
                                                                     ======     ======     ======     ======



                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                      F-2


                                 SUSSEX BANCORP
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                  NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND 2003
                                   (Unaudited)



                                                                                            ACCUMULATED
                                                     NUMBER OF                                 OTHER                       TOTAL
                                                        SHARES    COMMON         RETAINED  COMPREHENSIVE   TREASURY     STOCKHOLDERS
                                                   OUTSTANDING     STOCK        EARNINGS    INCOME (LOSS)   STOCK          EQUITY
                                                   -----------     -----        --------    -------------   -----          ------
                                                                       (Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)
                                                                       --------------------------------------------
                                                                                                       
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2002                           1,688,130    $    7,869    $    5,249    $      562    $       --    $   13,680
Comprehensive income:

   Net income                                              --            --           989            --            --           989
   Change in unrealized gains on securities
     available for sale, net of tax                        --            --            --          (431)           --          (431)
                                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME                                558

Treasury shares purchased                              (2,400)           --            --            --           (25)          (25)

Treasury shares retired                                    --           (25)           --            --            25            --
Issuance of common stock and exercise of stock
options                                                 7,037            52            --            --            --            52

Shares issued through dividend reinvestment plan       11,478           128            --            --            --           128

Dividends on common stock ($.20 per share)                 --            --          (356)           --            --          (237)
5% Stock Dividend                                      85,212         1,278        (1,278)           --            --            --
                                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE SEPTEMBER 30, 2003                          1,789,457    $    9,302    $    4,604    $      131    $       --    $   14,037
                                                   ================================================================================

BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2003                           1,811,460    $    9,616    $    5,040    $      248    $       --    $   14,904
Comprehensive income:

   Net income                                              --            --         1,165            --            --         1,165
   Change in unrealized gains on securities
     available for sale, net of tax                        --            --            --           130            --           130
                                                                                                                         ----------

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME                              1,295

Treasury shares purchased                              (1,346)           --            --            --           (23)          (23)

Treasury shares retired                                    --           (23)           --            --            23            --
Issuance of common stock and exercise of stock
options                                                23,807           205            --            --            --           205

Income tax benefit of stock options exercised              --            52            --            --            --            52

Shares issued through dividend reinvestment plan        8,267           137            --            --            --           137

Dividends on common stock ($.21 per share)                 --            --          (384)           --            --          (384)
                                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE SEPTEMBER 30, 2004                          1,842,188    $    9,987    $    5,821    $      378    $       --    $   16,186
                                                   ================================================================================



                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                      F-3


                                 SUSSEX BANCORP
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (In Thousands)
                                   (Unaudited)




                                                                          NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                          ------------------------------
                                                                                2004        2003
                                                                             ---------    -------
                                                                                    
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
    Net income                                                                $  1,165    $    989
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
      activities:
       Provision for loan losses                                                   373         315
       Provision for depreciation and amortization                                 422         386
       Net amortization of securities premiums and discounts                       456         892
       Net realized gain on sale of securities                                     (11)         --
       Net realized gain on sale of foreclosed real estate                          --         (63)
       Income tax benefit of stock options exercised                                52          --
       Proceeds from the sale of loans                                              --         668
       Net gains on sale of loans                                                   --         (24)
       Loans originated for sale                                                    --        (644)
       Earnings on investment in life insurance                                    (81)        (37)
       (Increase) decrease in assets:                                               --          --
          Accrued interest receivable                                              (24)       (104)
          Other assets                                                            (788)       (360)
       Increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities                  189        (148)
                                                                              --------    --------

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES                                        1,753       1,870
                                                                              --------    --------

  CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
    Securities available for sale:
       Purchases                                                               (24,154)    (42,634)
       Proceeds from sale of securities                                          7,291          --
       Maturities, calls and principal repayments                               20,568      38,014
    Net increase in loans                                                      (14,988)    (16,584)
    Purchases of bank premises and equipment                                    (1,439)        (86)
    Decrease (increase) in FHLB stock                                               70         (10)
    Proceeds from sale of foreclosed real estate                                    --         250
    Decrease in interest bearing time deposits with other banks                 (7,400)        100
    Purchase of investment in life insurance                                    (1,500)         --
                                                                              --------    --------

NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                          (21,552)    (20,950)
                                                                              --------    --------

  CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
    Net increase in deposits                                                    16,073      11,948
    Increase in fed funds purchased                                              2,385          --
    Decrease of borrowings                                                      (1,000)     (3,000)
    Proceeds from the exercise of stock options                                    205          52
    Purchase of treasury stock                                                     (23)        (25)
    Dividends paid, net of reinvestments                                          (247)       (228)
                                                                              --------    --------

NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                       17,393       8,747
                                                                              --------    --------

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                            (2,406)    (10,333)

  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - BEGINNING                                         15,496      26,096
                                                                              --------    --------
  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - ENDING                                          $ 13,090    $ 15,763
                                                                              ========    ========

  SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOWS INFORMATION
    Interest paid                                                             $  2,041    $  2,254
                                                                              ========    ========
    Income taxes paid                                                         $    597    $    623
                                                                              ========    ========
  SUPPLEMENTARY SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
    Foreclosed real estate acquired in settlement of loans                    $    291    $    223
                                                                              ========    ========



                       See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                       F-4


                                 SUSSEX BANCORP

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

1.    Basis of Presentation

      The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts of Sussex
Bancorp  (the  "Company")  and its  wholly-owned  subsidiary  Sussex  Bank  (the
"Bank").  The  Bank's  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  are Sussex  Bancorp  Mortgage
Company,  Inc., SCB Investment  Company,  Inc., and Tri-State  Insurance Agency,
Inc.,  ("Tri-State") a full service  insurance  agency located in Sussex County,
New Jersey. All inter-company  transactions and balances have been eliminated in
consolidation.  Sussex Bank is also a 49% limited  partner of Sussex  Settlement
Services,  L.P, a title insurance agency whose  registered  office is located in
King of Prussia,  Pennsylvania.  The Bank  operates  eight  banking  offices all
located in Sussex County,  New Jersey. The Company is subject to the supervision
and  regulation  of the Board of  Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System (the
"FRB").  The Bank's  deposits are insured by the Bank  Insurance Fund ("BIF") of
the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation ("FDIC") up to applicable limits. The
operations  of the  Company  and the Bank are  subject  to the  supervision  and
regulation  of the FRB,  FDIC  and the New  Jersey  Department  of  Banking  and
Insurance (the  "Department") and the operations of Tri-State are subject to the
supervision and regulation by the Department.


      The accompanying  unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim
financial information.  Accordingly,  they do not include all of the information
and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for full year
financial statements.  In the opinion of management,  all adjustments considered
necessary  for a fair  presentation  have  been  included  and are of a  normal,
recurring  nature.  Operating  results for the nine-month period ended September
30, 2004, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for
the year ended December 31, 2004. These consolidated financial statements should
be read in conjunction with the consolidated  financial statements and the notes
thereto that are included in the Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the
fiscal period ended December 31, 2003.


2.    Earnings Per Share

      Basic  earnings  per share is  calculated  by  dividing  net income by the
weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period.
Diluted  earnings per share  reflects  additional  common shares that would have
been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as
any  adjustment  to income  that  would  result  from the  assumed  issuance  of
potential  common  shares  that  may  be  issued  by  the  Company  relating  to
outstanding  stock options and guaranteed and contingently  issuable shares from
the acquisition of Tri-State.  Potential  common shares related to stock options
are determined using the treasury stock method.

      The  following  table sets  forth the  computations  of basic and  diluted
earnings per share as retroactively  adjusted for the 5% stock dividend declared
October 15, 2003 (dollars in thousands, except per share data):




                                    Three Months Ended September 30, 2004   Three Months Ended September 30, 2003
                                    --------------------------------------  --------------------------------------
                                                                Per                                        Per
                                     Income        Shares       Share          Income       Shares       Share
                                   (Numerator) (Denominator)   Amount       (Numerator)  (Denominator)   Amount
                                    --------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
                                                                                        
Basic earnings per share:
  Net income applicable to common
     stockholders                    $  403        1,839       $ 0.22         $  316          1,788       $ 0.18
                                                               ======                                     ======
Effect of dilutive securities:
  Stock options                          --           55                          --             50
  Deferred common stock payments
  for purchase of insurance agency       --           17                           1             34
                                     ------        -----                      ------          -----
Diluted earnings per share:
  Net income applicable to common
  stock- holders and assumed
   conversions                       $  403        1,911       $ 0.21         $  317          1,872       $ 0.17
                                     ===========================================================================



                                      F-5





                                    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2004     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2003
                                    --------------------------------------   --------------------------------------
                                                                Per                                        Per
                                     Income        Shares       Share          Income       Shares       Share
                                   (Numerator) (Denominator)   Amount       (Numerator)  (Denominator)   Amount
                                    -------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
                                                                                      
Basic earnings per share:
  Net income applicable to common
     stockholders                    $1,165       1,830       $   0.64          $989         1,783      $  0.55
                                                              ========                                  =======
Effect of dilutive securities:
  Stock options                          --          73                            --          28

  Deferred common stock payments
  for purchase of insurance agency        2          15                             5          38
                                     ------        -----                      ------          -----
Diluted earnings per share:
  Net income applicable to common
  stock-Holders and assumed
    conversions                      $1,167       1,918       $   0.61          $994         1,849      $  0.54
                                     ===========================================================================


3.    Comprehensive Income

      The components of other  comprehensive  income and related tax effects for
the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 are as follows:



                                                          Three Months Ended    Nine Months Ended
                                                              September 30,       September 30,
                                                           2004       2003       2004       2003
                                                          -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                            (In thousands)         (In thousands)
                                                                               
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale
securities                                                $ 1,340    ($1,053)   $   228    ($  718)
Less: reclassification adjustments for gains included
in net income                                                  11         --         11         --
                                                          -------    -------    -------    -------
     Net unrealized gains (losses)                          1,329     (1,053)       217       (718)
Tax effect                                                   (532)       421        (87)       287
                                                          -------    -------    -------    -------
     Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax        $   797    ($  632)   $   130    ($  431)
                                                          =======    =======    =======    =======


4.    Segment Information

      The Company's  insurance agency operations are managed separately from the
traditional banking and related financial services that the Company also offers.
The  insurance  agency  operation  provides  commercial,  individual,  and group
benefit plans and personal coverage.



                                     Three Months Ended September 30, 2004    Three Months Ended September 30, 2003
                                    ---------------------------------------   -------------------------------------
                                     Banking and     Insurance                 Banking and    Insurance
                                      Financial       Services       Total      Financial      Services      Total
                                      Services                                  Services
                                    (In Thousands)                            (In Thousands)
                                                                                         
Net interest income from external    $  2,298       $     --        $  2,298     $  1,938     $     --     $  1,938
sources
Other income from external sources        583            526           1,109          402          512          914
Depreciation and amortization             136             30             166          102           20          122
Income (loss) before income taxes         567            (21)            546          339           68          407
Income tax expense (benefit)              151             (8)            143           64           27           91
Total assets                          256,415          3,286         259,701      232,349        2,712      235,061




                                      Nine Months Ended September 30, 2004    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2003
                                    ---------------------------------------   -------------------------------------
                                     Banking and     Insurance                 Banking and    Insurance
                                      Financial       Services       Total      Financial      Services      Total
                                      Services                                  Services
                                    (In Thousands)                            (In Thousands)
                                                                                  Thousands)
                                                                                          
Net interest income from external    $  6,553       $     --       $  6,553      $  5,802      $     --     $  5,802
  sources
Other income from external sources      1,730          1,696          3,426         1,332         1,599        2,931
Depreciation and amortization             340             82            422           330            56          386
Income (loss) before income taxes       1,480            115          1,595         1,155           165        1,320
Income tax expense (benefit)              384             46            430           265            66          331
Total assets                          256,415          3,286        259,701       232,349         2,712      235,061



                                       F-6


5.  Stock Option Plans

     The Company  accounts  for stock  option  plans under the  recognition  and
measurement  principles of APB Opinion No. 25.  "Accounting  for Stock Issued to
Employees," and related  interpretations.  No stock-based employee  compensation
cost is  reflected in net income,  as all options  granted  under the  Company's
plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the  underlying  common
stock on the date of grant.  The following  table  illustrates the effect on net
income  and  earnings  per  share if the  Company  had  applied  the fair  value
recognition  provisions of FASB Statement No. 123,  "Accounting  for Stock-Based
Compensation," to stock-based compensation for the periods presented:




                                                                Three Months Ended                   Nine Months Ended
                                                                  September 30,                        September 30,
                                                            2004               2003               2004              2003
                                                          ---------          ---------          ---------          ---------
                                                                  (In thousands)                        (In thousands)

                                                                                                       
Net income, as reported                                   $     403          $     316          $   1,165          $     989
Total stock-based compensation expense determined
  under fair value based method for all awards,
   net of related tax effects                                   (39)               (16)              (103)               (32)
                                                          ---------          ---------          ---------          ---------
Pro forma net income                                      $     364          $     300          $   1,062          $     957
                                                          =========          =========          =========          =========

Basic earnings per share:
     As reported                                          $    0.22          $    0.18          $    0.64          $    0.55
     Pro forma                                            $    0.20          $    0.17          $    0.58          $    0.54

Diluted earnings per share:
     As reported                                          $    0.21          $    0.17          $    0.61          $    0.54
     Pro forma                                            $    0.19          $    0.16          $    0.55          $    0.52



6.    Guarantees


      The Company does not issue any  guarantees  that would  require  liability
recognition or  disclosure,  other than its standby  letters of credit.  Standby
letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee
the  performance  of a customer  to a third  party.  Generally,  all  letters of
credit,  when  issued have  expiration  dates  within one year.  The credit risk
involved in issuing  letters of credit is essentially the same as those that are
involved in extending  loan  facilities  to customers.  The Company,  generally,
holds collateral and/or personal  guarantees  supporting these commitments.  The
Company had  $382,000 of standby  letters of credit as of  September  30,  2004.
Management  believes  that  the  proceeds  obtained  through  a  liquidation  of
collateral and the  enforcement  of guarantees  would be sufficient to cover the
potential amount of future payment required under the corresponding  guarantees.
The current  amount of the  liability  as of September  30, 2004 for  guarantees
under standby letters of credit issued is not material.

7.    New Accounting Standard


      In January 2003,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued FASB
Interpretation  No.  46,   "Consolidation  of  Variable  Interest  Entities,  an
Interpretation  of  ARB  No.  51"  which  was  revised  in  December  2003.  The
Interpretation  provides  guidance for the  consolidation  of variable  interest
entities (VIEs).  Sussex Capital Trust I qualifies as a variable interest entity
under  FIN 46.  Sussex  Capital  Trust  issued  mandatory  redeemable  preferred
securities (Trust Preferred  Securities) to third-party investors and loaned the
proceeds  to the  Company.  Sussex  Capital  Trust I holds,  as its sole  asset,
subordinated debentures issued by the Company.

      FIN 46 required the Company to  deconsolidate  Sussex Capital Trust I from
the  consolidated  financial  statements as of March 31, 2004. There has been no
restatement of prior periods. The impact of this deconsolidation was to increase
junior  subordinated  debentures or long-term  debt by $5,155,000 and reduce the
mandatory  capital  debentures line item by $5,000,000 which had represented the
trust preferred  securities of the trust.  The Company's  equity interest in the
trust   subsidiary  of  $155,000,   which  had  previously  been  eliminated  in
consolidation,  is now  reported in "Other  assets".  For  regulatory  reporting
purposes,  the Federal Reserve Board has indicated that the preferred securities
will  continue  to qualify as Tier I Capital  subject  to  previously  specified
limitations, until further notice. If regulators make a determination that Trust
Preferred  Securities  can no longer be considered in  regulatory  capital,  the
securities  become callable and the Company may redeem them. The adoption of FIN
46 did not have an impact on the Company's results of operations or liquidity.

      In March 2004, the SEC released Staff Accounting  Bulletin  (SAB)  No 105,
"Application  of Accounting  Principles to Loan  Commitments."  SAB 105 provides
guidance about the  measurements  of loan  commitments  recognized at fair value
under FASB Statement No. 133,  "Accounting  Derivative  Instruments  and Hedging
Activities." SAB 105 also requires companies to disclose their accounting policy
for those loan  commitments  including  methods and assumptions used to estimate
fair value and associated hedging strategies.  SAB 105 is effective for all loan
commitments  accounted for as derivatives  that are entered into after March 31,
2004.  The adoption of SAB 105 is not expected to have a material  effect on our
consolidated financial statements.

      In March 2004,  The FASB's  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force (EITF) reached a
consensus  on  EITF  Issue  No.,  03-1,  "The  Meaning  of  Other-Than-Temporary
Impairment and Its Application to Certain  Investments"  (IETF 03-1).  EITF 03-1
provides guidance regarding the  meaning of other-than-temporary  impairment and
its  application to to investments  classified as either  available-for-sale  or
held-to-maturity   under  FASB  Statement  No.  115,   "Accounting  for  Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity  Securities," and to equity securities  accounted
for under the cost  method.  Included in EITF 03-1 is guidance on how to account
for impairments that are solely due to interest rate changes,  including changes
resulting from increases in sector credit  spreads.  This guidance was to become
effective for  reporting  periods  beginning  after June 15, 2004.  However,  on
September 30, 2004,  the FASB issued a Staff  Position that delays the effective
date for the recognition and measurement  guidance of EITF 03-1 until additional
clarifying guidance is issued. This additional guidance is expected to be issued
during  and be  effective  for the fourth  quarter  of 2004.  We are not able to
assess the impact of the adoption of EITF 03.1 until final guidance is issued.


                                       F-8




             Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Sussex Bancorp
Franklin, New Jersey

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sussex
Bancorp and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related
consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the
years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility
of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that
we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sussex
Bancorp and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.



                                       /s/ Beard Miller Company LLP

Allentown, Pennsylvania
January 9, 2004


                                      F-9


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS



                                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  -------------------------------
                                                                                       2003             2002
                                                                                  --------------   --------------
                                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

                                     ASSETS
                                                                                             
    Cash and due from banks                                                       $       11,301   $        9,186
    Federal funds sold                                                                     4,195           16,910
                                                                                  --------------   --------------

          Cash and cash equivalents                                                       15,496           26,096
    Interest bearing time deposits with other banks                                        3,500            3,600
    Securities available for sale                                                         76,545           72,720
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost                                                    760              750
    Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses 2003 $1,734; 2002 $1,386          132,640          112,069
    Bank premises and equipment, net                                                       4,650            4,634
    Accrued interest receivable                                                            1,241            1,144
    Goodwill                                                                               2,124            1,932
    Other assets                                                                           3,661            2,959
                                                                                  --------------   --------------

        TOTAL ASSETS                                                              $      240,617   $      225,904
                                                                                  ==============   ==============

                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
    Liabilities:
       Deposits:
          Non-interest bearing                                                    $       31,715   $       26,514
          Interest bearing                                                               175,942          163,344
                                                                                  --------------   --------------

          Total Deposits                                                                 207,657          189,858

       Borrowings                                                                         11,000           15,000
       Accrued interest payable and other liabilities                                      2,056            2,366
       Mandatory redeemable capital debentures                                             5,000            5,000
                                                                                  --------------   --------------

        TOTAL LIABILITIES                                                                225,713          212,224
                                                                                  --------------   --------------

    Stockholders' equity:
       Common stock, no par value; authorized 5,000,000 shares; issued and
          outstanding 1,811,460 shares in 2003 and 1,688,130 shares in 2002                9,616            7,869
       Retained earnings                                                                   5,040            5,249
       Accumulated other comprehensive income                                                248              562
                                                                                  --------------   --------------

        TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                                        14,904           13,680
                                                                                  --------------   --------------

        TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                $      240,617   $      225,904
                                                                                  ==============   ==============



                                      F-10


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME



                                                                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                             -------------------------------
                                                                  2003            2002
                                                             --------------   --------------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
INTEREST INCOME
                                                                        
   Loans receivable, including fees                          $        8,093   $        7,734
   Securities:
      Taxable                                                         1,783            2,127
      Tax-exempt                                                        739              494
   Federal funds sold                                                   110              395
   Interest-bearing deposits                                             46              110
                                                             --------------   --------------
       TOTAL INTEREST INCOME                                         10,771           10,860
                                                             --------------   --------------
INTEREST EXPENSE
   Deposits                                                           2,039            2,851
   Borrowings                                                           573              553
   Mandatory redeemable capital debentures                              248              132
                                                             --------------   --------------
       TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE                                         2,860            3,536
                                                             --------------   --------------
       NET INTEREST INCOME                                            7,911            7,324

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES                                               405              300
                                                             --------------   --------------
       NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES            7,506            7,024
                                                             --------------   --------------
OTHER INCOME
   Service fees on deposit accounts                                     769              659
   ATM and debit card fees                                              332              262
   Insurance commissions and fees                                     2,063            1,689
   Investment brokerage fees                                            244              249
   Mortgage banking fees                                                213               14
   Net realized gain on sale of securities                              133               --
   Net gain on sale of loans                                             42               24
   Net gain on sale of foreclosed real estate                            63               --
   Other                                                                244              395
                                                             --------------   --------------
       TOTAL OTHER INCOME                                             4,103            3,292
                                                             --------------   --------------
OTHER EXPENSES
   Salaries and employee benefits                                     5,478            4,640
   Occupancy, net                                                       642              601
   Furniture, equipment and data processing                             837              833
   Stationery and supplies                                              181              194
   Professional fees                                                    376              319
   Advertising and promotion                                            416              464
   Postage and freight                                                  174              154
   Amortization of intangible assets                                    162              131
   Other                                                              1,397            1,298
                                                             --------------   --------------
       TOTAL OTHER EXPENSES                                           9,663            8,634
                                                             --------------   --------------
       INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES                                     1,946            1,682

PROVISION FOR  INCOME TAXES                                             505              526
                                                             --------------   --------------
       NET INCOME                                            $        1,441   $        1,156
                                                             ==============   ==============
EARNINGS PER SHARE
   Basic                                                     $         0.80   $         0.66
                                                             ==============   ==============
   Diluted                                                   $         0.78   $         0.64
                                                             ==============   ==============


                                      F-11


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND 2002



                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                       ACCUMULATED
                                              NUMBER OF                                   OTHER
                                               SHARES      COMMON        RETAINED     COMPREHENSIVE    TREASURY     
                                            OUTSTANDING    STOCK         EARNINGS         INCOME         STOCK           TOTAL    
                                           ------------  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------ 
                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
                                                                                                   
BALANCE - DECEMBER 31, 2001                   1,659,057  $      7,732   $      4,509   $        123   $       (127)  $     12,237 
                                                                                                                     ------------ 
    Comprehensive income:                                                                                                         
       Net income                                    --            --          1,156             --             --          1,156 
       Change in unrealized gains on
          securities available for sale              --            --             --            439             --            439 
                                                                                                                     ------------ 

       TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME                                                                                           1,595
                                                                                                                     ------------ 

    Treasury stock purchased                    (14,554)           --             --             --           (156)          (156)
    Treasury stock retired                           --          (283)            --             --            283             --
    Issuance of common stock and exercise                                                                                         
       of stock options                          31,280           302             --             --             --            302 
    Issuance of common stock through                                                                                              
       dividend reinvestment plan                12,347           118             --             --             --            118 
    Dividends on common stock ($.24 per                                                                                           
       share)                                        --            --           (416)            --             --           (416)
                                           ------------  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------ 
                                                                                                                                  
BALANCE - DECEMBER 31, 2002                   1,688,130         7,869          5,249            562             --         13,680

    Comprehensive income:                                                                                                         
       Net income                                    --            --          1,441             --             --          1,441 
       Change in unrealized gains on
          securities available for sale              --            --             --           (314)            --           (314)
                                                                                                                     ------------ 

       TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME                                                                                           1,127
                                                                                                                     ------------ 

    Treasury stock purchased                     (2,400)           --             --             --            (25)           (25)
    Treasury stock retired                           --           (25)            --             --             25             -- 
    Issuance of common stock and exercise                                                                                         
       of stock options                          28,264           354             --             --             --            354
    Issuance of common stock through                                                                                              
       dividend reinvestment plan                11,478           128             --             --             --            128
    Dividends on common stock ($.20 per
       share)                                        --            --           (356)            --             --           (356)
    5% stock dividend                            85,988         1,290         (1,294)            --             --             (4)
                                           ------------  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------ 
                                                                                                                                  
BALANCE - DECEMBER 31, 2003                   1,811,460  $      9,616   $      5,040   $        248   $         --   $     14,904 
                                           ============  ============   ============   ============   ============   ------------


                                           See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                                                F-12




CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                                                                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                       --------------------------------
                                                                                           2003               2002
                                                                                       --------------    --------------
                                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                                                                                                   
   Net income                                                                          $        1,441    $        1,156
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
      Provision for loan losses                                                                   405               300
      Provision for depreciation and amortization                                                 672               695
      Realized gain on sale of securities                                                        (133)               --
      Realized gain on sale of foreclosed real estate                                             (63)               --
      Deferred income taxes                                                                      (203)             (170)
      Net amortization of securities premiums and discounts                                     1,095               569
      Proceeds from sale of loans                                                               2,446             1,220
      Net gains on sale of loans                                                                  (42)              (24)
      Loans originated for sale                                                                (2,404)           (1,196)
      Earnings on investment in life insurance                                                    (49)              (55)
      Increase in assets:
         Accrued interest receivable                                                              (97)             (180)
         Other assets                                                                            (358)              (53)
      Decrease in accrued interest payable and other liabilities                                  (73)              (56)
                                                                                       --------------    --------------
              NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES                                         2,637             2,206
                                                                                       --------------    --------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
   Securities available for sale:
      Purchases                                                                               (56,128)          (60,109)
      Maturities, calls and principal repayments                                               45,876            30,267
      Proceeds from sale of securities                                                          4,942                --
   Net increase in loans                                                                      (21,199)           (7,364)
   Purchases of bank premises and equipment                                                      (526)             (273)
   Acquisition of insurance agency                                                               (131)               --
   Increase in FHLB stock                                                                         (10)              (65)
   Net (increase) decrease in interest bearing time deposits with other banks                     100              (500)
   Proceeds from sale of foreclosed real estate                                                   250                --
                                                                                       --------------    --------------
              NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                           (26,826)          (38,044)
                                                                                       --------------    --------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
   Net increase in deposits                                                                    17,799            11,304
   Repayments of borrowings                                                                    (4,000)               --
   Proceeds from borrowings                                                                        --             5,000
   Proceeds from the issuance of capital debentures                                                --             5,000
   Proceeds from the exercise of stock options                                                     47                49
   Purchase of treasury stock                                                                     (25)             (156)
   Dividends paid, net of reinvestments                                                          (228)             (298)
   Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares                                                          (4)               --
                                                                                       --------------    --------------
              NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                        13,589            20,899
                                                                                       --------------    --------------
              NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                       (10,600)          (14,939)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - BEGINNING                                                          26,096            41,035
                                                                                       --------------    --------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - ENDING                                                     $       15,496    $       26,096
                                                                                       ==============    ==============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
   Interest paid                                                                       $        2,935    $        3,670
                                                                                       ==============    ==============
   Income taxes paid                                                                   $          798    $          525
                                                                                       ==============    ==============
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
   Foreclosed real estate acquired in settlement of loans                              $          223    $           --
                                                                                       ==============    ==============


                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                      F-13


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Sussex
      Bancorp (the "Company") and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Sussex Bank
      (the "Bank") and Sussex Capital Trust I. The Bank's wholly-owned
      subsidiaries are Sussex Bancorp Mortgage Company, SCB Investment Company
      and Tri-State Insurance Agency, Inc. All intercompany transactions and
      balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS

      Sussex Bancorp's business is conducted principally through the Bank.
      Sussex Bank is a New Jersey state chartered bank and provides full banking
      services. The Bank generates commercial, mortgage and consumer loans and
      receives deposits from customers at its eight branches located in Sussex
      County, New Jersey. As a state bank, the Bank is subject to regulation of
      the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance and the Federal Deposit
      Insurance Corporation. Sussex Bancorp is subject to regulation by the
      Federal Reserve Board. Sussex Capital Trust I is a trust formed in 2002
      for the purpose of issuing the mandatory redeemable capital debentures on
      behalf of the Company. Sussex Bancorp Mortgage Company brokers mortgage
      loans for the Bank and third parties. SCB Investment Company holds
      investments. Tri-State Insurance Agency, Inc. provides insurance agency
      services mostly through the sale of property and casualty insurance
      policies.

ESTIMATES

      The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with
      accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
      requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
      reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent
      assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial
      statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
      reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

SIGNIFICANT GROUP CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

      Most of the Company's activities are with customers located within Sussex
      County, New Jersey. Note 4 discusses the types of securities that the
      Company invests in. Note 5 discusses the types of lending that the Company
      engages in. The Company does not have any significant concentrations in
      any one industry or customer.

PRESENTATION OF CASH FLOWS

      For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include
      cash on hand, amounts due from banks and federal funds sold. Generally,
      federal funds are purchased and sold for one-day periods.

SECURITIES


      Securities classified as available for sale are those securities that the
      Bank intends to hold for an indefinite period of time but not necessarily
      to maturity. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Fair
      values for securities are based on quoted market prices or dealer prices,
      if available. If quoted market prices or dealer prices are not available,
      fair value is estimated using quoted market prices or dealer prices for
      similar securities. Any decision to sell a security classified as
      available for sale would be based on various factors, including
      significant movement in interest rates, changes in maturity mix of the
      Bank's assets and liabilities, liquidity needs, regulatory capital
      considerations and other similar factors. Unrealized gains or losses are
      reported as increases or decreases in other comprehensive income, net of
      the related deferred tax effect. Realized gains or losses, determined on
      the basis of the cost of the specific securities sold, are included in
      earnings. Premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using
      the interest method over the terms of the securities. Equity securities
      are comprised of stock in various companies and mutual funds.

      Declines in the fair value of securities below their cost that are deemed
      to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses.
      In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers
      (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been



                                      F-14



      less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the
      issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the company to retain its
      investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any
      anticipated recovery in fair value.


      Federal law requires a member institution of the Federal Home Loan Bank
      system to hold stock of its district FHLB according to a predetermined
      formula. The restricted stock is recorded at cost.


                                      F-15


NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

LOANS RECEIVABLE

      Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for
      the foreseeable future until maturity or payoff are stated at their
      outstanding unpaid principal balances, net of an allowance for loan losses
      and any deferred fees or costs. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid
      principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct
      origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the
      yield (interest income) of the related loans. The Bank is generally
      amortizing these amounts over the contractual life of the loan.

      The accrual of interest is discontinued when the contractual payment of
      principal or interest has become 90 days past due or management has
      serious doubts about further collectibility of principal or interest, even
      though the loan is currently performing. A loan may remain on accrual
      status if it is in the process of collection and is either guaranteed or
      well secured. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest
      credited to income in the current year is reversed and unpaid interest
      accrued in prior years is charged against the allowance for loan losses.
      Interest received on nonaccrual loans generally is either applied against
      principal or reported as interest income, according to management's
      judgment as to the collectibility of principal. Generally, loans are
      restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has
      performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period
      of time and the ultimate collectibility of the total contractual principal
      and interest is no longer in doubt.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

      The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan
      losses charged against income. Loans deemed to be uncollectible are
      charged against the allowance for loan losses, and subsequent recoveries,
      if any, are credited to the allowance.


      Management's periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based
      on known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may
      affect the borrower's ability to repay, the estimated value of any
      underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, current economic
      conditions and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently
      subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to
      significant change, including the amounts and timing of future cash flows
      expected to be received on impaired loans.

      The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific
      component relates to loans that are classified as either doubtful,
      substandard or special mention. For such loans that are also classified as
      impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or
      collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower
      than the carrying value for that loan. The general component covers
      non-classified loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted
      for qualitative factors.


      A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and
      events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the
      scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the
      contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management
      in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the
      probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when
      due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment
      shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines
      the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a
      case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances
      surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay,
      the reasons for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record and the
      amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.
      Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial and
      construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash
      flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, the loan's
      obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is
      collateral dependent.

      Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively
      evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Bank does not separately
      identify individual consumer, residential and home equity loans for
      impairment disclosures.


LOANS HELD FOR SALE

      Loans held for sale are  comprised of  residential  loans that the company
      originates  with the  intention of selling in the future.  These loans are



                                      F-16



      carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, calculated in the
      aggregate. There were no loans held for sale at Septemeber 30, 2003 and
      December 31, 2003. Gain or loss on sales of loans is recognized based on 
      the specific identification method.

TRANSFERS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

      Transfers of financial assets, including sales of loans and loan
      participations, are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets
      has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be
      surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the company, (2)
      the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it
      from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred
      assets, and (3) the company does not maintain effective control over the
      transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their
      maturity.



                                      F-17


NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

FORECLOSED ASSETS

      Foreclosed assets are comprised of property acquired through a foreclosure
      proceeding or acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure and loans
      classified as in-substance foreclosure. A loan is classified as
      in-substance foreclosure when the Bank has taken possession of the
      collateral regardless of whether formal foreclosure proceedings take
      place. Foreclosed assets initially are recorded at fair value, net of
      estimated selling costs, at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new
      cost basis. After foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by
      management and the assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value
      minus estimated costs to sell. Revenues and expenses from operations and
      changes in the valuation allowance are included in other expenses.
      Foreclosed assets are included in other assets on the balance sheets.

BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

      Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated
      depreciation. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over
      the following estimated useful lives of the related assets:

                                                          YEARS
                                                        ---------

            Buildings and building improvements          20 - 40
            Leasehold improvements                        5 - 10
            Furniture, fixtures and equipment             5 - 10
            Computer equipment and software               3 - 5

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

      Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair market
      value of net assets acquired. The Company has recorded goodwill of
      $2,124,000 and $1,932,000 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively,
      related to the acquisition of an insurance agency on October 1, 2001 as
      described in Note 2. The $192,000 and $220,000 increase in goodwill in
      2003 and 2002, respectively, was due to contingent payments made to the
      sellers in accordance with the purchase agreement and other acquisition
      costs incurred. In accordance with current accounting standards, goodwill
      is not amortized, but evaluated at least annually for impairment. Any
      impairment of goodwill results in a charge to income. Goodwill was tested
      for impairment during 2003. The estimated fair value of the reporting
      segment exceeded its book value, therefore, no write-down of goodwill was
      required. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

      The Company also has amortizable intangible assets resulting from the
      acquisition of both insurance agencies described in Note 2, which include
      the value of executive employment contracts and the value of the acquired
      book of businesses, which are being amortized on a straight-line basis
      over 3 to 7 years. The total net amortizable intangible assets were
      $297,000 and $245,000 net of accumulated amortization of $137,000 and
      $58,000 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

      The Company has an amortizable core deposit intangible asset related to
      the premiums paid on the acquisition of deposits, which is being amortized
      on a straight-line basis over 15 years. This core deposit intangible was
      $284,000 and $367,000, net of accumulated amortization of $974,000 and
      $891,000 as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

      Other intangible assets are included in other assets on the balance sheets
      for December 31, 2003 and 2002.

      Amortization expense on intangible assets was $162,000 and $131,000 for
      the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Amortization
      expense is estimated to be $175,000 per year for the years ending December
      31 2004 and 2005; $139,000 for the year ending December 31, 2006; $67,000
      for the year ending December 31, 2007 and $25,000 for the year ending
      December 31, 2008.

ADVERTISING COSTS

      The Bank follows the policy of charging the costs of advertising to
      expense as incurred.


                                      F-18


NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

INCOME TAXES

      Deferred income taxes are provided on the liability method whereby
      deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences
      and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary
      differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the
      reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax basis. Deferred
      tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of
      management, it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred
      tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
      adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of
      enactment. Sussex Bancorp and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal
      income tax return.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

      In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has entered into off-balance
      sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit and
      letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the balance
      sheet when they are funded.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

      The Company accounts for its stock option plans under the recognition and
      measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued
      to Employees," and related interpretations. No stock-based employee
      compensation cost is reflected in net income, as all options granted under
      those plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the
      underlying common stock on the date of grant. The following table
      illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company
      had applied the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement No.
      123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," to stock-based
      compensation for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. Earnings per
      share has been adjusted for the 5% stock dividend granted in 2003.



                                                                               2003            2002
                                                                           ------------    ------------
                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                     
            Net income, as reported                                        $      1,441    $      1,156
            Total stock-based compensation expense determined under fair
                 value based method for all awards, net of related tax
                 effects                                                            (47)            (23)
                                                                           ------------    ------------

            Pro forma net income                                           $      1,394    $      1,133
                                                                           ============    ============

            Basic earnings per share:
                 As reported                                               $       0.80    $       0.66
                 Pro forma                                                 $       0.78    $       0.65

            Diluted earnings per share:
                 As reported                                               $       0.78    $       0.64
                 Pro forma                                                 $       0.75    $       0.63


      The fair value of options granted is estimated on the date of grant using
      the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following represents the
      weighted average fair values and weighted average assumptions used to
      determine such fair values for options granted for the years ended
      December 31, 2003 and 2002:



                                                                            2003           2002
                                                                            ----           ----
                                                                                 
            Grant date fair value, as adjusted for 5% stock dividend   $       2.05    $       1.64
            Expected option lives                                           7 YEARS         5 years
            Dividend yield                                                     2.44%           2.50%
            Risk-free interest rate                                            3.62%           4.45%
            Expected volatility rate                                          15.18%          14.43%



                                      F-19


EARNINGS PER SHARE

      Basic earnings per share represents net income available to common
      stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares
      outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects
      additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive
      potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to
      income that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common
      shares that may be issued by the Company relate to outstanding stock
      options and guaranteed and contingently issuable shares from the
      acquisition of Tri-State. Potential common shares related to stock options
      are determined using the treasury stock method.

SEGMENT REPORTING

      The Company acts as an independent community financial services provider,
      and offers traditional banking and related financial services to
      individual, business and government customers. Through its branch and
      automated teller machine networks, the Bank offers a full array of
      commercial and retail financial services, including taking of time,
      savings and demand deposits; the making of commercial, consumer and
      mortgage loans; and the providing of other financial services. The Bank
      also performs fiduciary services through its Trust Department. Management
      does not separately allocate expenses, including the cost of funding loan
      demand, between the commercial, retail, trust and mortgage banking
      operations of the Bank. As such, discrete financial information is not
      available and segment reporting would not be meaningful. The Company's
      insurance agency is managed separately from the traditional banking and
      related financial services that the Company offers. The insurance
      operations provides primarily property and casualty coverage. See Note 3
      for segment reporting of insurance operations.

INSURANCE AGENCY OPERATIONS

      Tri-State Insurance Agency, Inc. is a retail insurance broker operating in
      the State of New Jersey. The insurance agency's primary source of revenue
      is commission income, which is earned by placing insurance coverage for
      its customers with various insurance underwriters. The insurance agency
      places basic property and casualty, life and health coverage with about
      fifteen different insurance carriers. There are two main billing
      processes, direct billing (currently accounts for approximately 90% of
      revenues) and agency billing.

      Under the direct billing arrangement, the insurance carrier bills and
      collects from the customer directly and remits the brokers' commission to
      the broker on a monthly basis. For direct bill policies, Tri-State records
      commissions as revenue when the data necessary to reasonably determine
      such amounts is obtained. On a monthly basis, Tri-State receives
      notification from each insurance carrier of total premiums written and
      collected during the month, and the broker's net commission due for their
      share of business produced by them.

      Under the agency billing arrangement, the broker bills and collects from
      the customer directly, retains their commission, and remits the net
      premium amount to the insurance carrier. Virtually all agency-billed
      policies are billed and collected on an installment basis (the number of
      payments varies by policy). Although Tri-State typically bills customers
      60 days prior to the effective date of a policy, revenues for the first
      installment are recorded at the policy effective date. Revenues from
      subsequent installments are recorded at the installment due date.
      Tri-State records its commission as a percentage of each installment due.

TRUST OPERATIONS

      Trust income is recorded on a cash basis, which approximates the accrual
      basis. Securities and other property held by the Company in a fiduciary or
      agency capacity for customers of the trust department are not assets of
      the Company and, accordingly, are not included in the accompanying
      consolidated financial statements.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

      Certain amounts in the 2002 financial statements have been reclassified to
      conform with the 2003 presentation format. These reclassifications had no
      effect on net income.


                                      F-20


NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

      In November 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
      FASB Interpretation No. 45 (FIN 45), "Guarantor's Accounting and
      Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of
      Indebtedness of Others." This Interpretation expands the disclosures to be
      made by a guarantor in its financial statements about its obligations
      under certain guarantees and requires the guarantor to recognize a
      liability for the fair value of an obligation assumed under certain
      specified guarantees. Under FIN 45, the Company does not issue any
      guarantees that would require liability recognition or disclosure, other
      than its standby letters of credit, as discussed in Note 18. Adoption of
      FIN 45 did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial
      condition or results of operations.

      In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FASB
      Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an
      Interpretation of ARB No. 51." FIN 46 was revised in December 2003. This
      Interpretation provides new guidance for the consolidation of variable
      interest entities (VIEs) and requires such entities to be consolidated by
      their primary beneficiaries if the entities do not effectively disperse
      risk among parties involved. The Interpretation also adds disclosure
      requirements for investors that are involved with unconsolidated VIEs. The
      disclosure requirements apply to all financial statements issued after
      December 31, 2003. The consolidation requirements apply to companies that
      have interests in special purpose entities for periods ending after
      December 15, 2003. Consolidation of other types of VIEs is required in
      financial statements for periods ending after December 15, 2004.

      The Company has evaluated the impact of FIN 46 on Sussex Capital Trust I,
      a variable interest entity, currently consolidated by the Company.
      Management has determined that the provisions of FIN 46 will require
      de-consolidation of the subsidiary trust, which issued mandatorily
      redeemable preferred capital securities to third-party investors. Upon
      adoption of FIN 46 as of March 31, 2004, the Trust will be de-consolidated
      and the junior subordinated debentures of the Company will be reported in
      the Consolidated Balance Sheets as "long-term debt," rather than the
      mandatory redeemable capital debentures line item that represents the
      preferred shares in the Trust. The Company's equity interest in the Trust,
      which is not significant, will be reported in "Other assets." For
      regulatory reporting purposes, the Federal Reserve Board has indicated
      that the preferred securities will continue to qualify as Tier 1 Capital
      subject to previously specified limitations, until further notice.
      Additional information on the Trust is summarized in Note 10. The adoption
      of this Interpretation did not have and is not expected to have a
      significant impact on the Company's results of operations or liquidity.

      In April 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
      No. 149, "Amendment of Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative
      Instruments and Hedging Activities." This Statement clarifies the
      definition of a derivative and incorporates certain decisions made by the
      Board as part of the Derivatives Implementation Group process. This
      Statement is effective for contracts entered into or modified and for
      hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003 and should be applied
      prospectively. The provisions of the Statement that relate to
      implementation issues addressed by the Derivatives Implementation Group
      that have been effective should continue to be applied in accordance with
      their respective dates. Adoption of this standard did not have an impact
      on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

      In May 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No.
      150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of
      both Liabilities and Equity." This Statement requires that an issuer
      classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability.
      Many of these instruments were previously classified as equity. This
      Statement was effective for financial instruments entered into or modified
      after May 31, 2003 and otherwise was effective beginning July 1, 2003. The
      adoption of this standard did not have an impact on the Company's
      financial condition or results of operations.

NOTE 2 - ACQUISITIONS

On October 1, 2001, the Company, through its Sussex Bank subsidiary, acquired
100% of the stock of Tri-State Insurance Agency, Inc. for guaranteed
consideration, including transaction costs totaling $2,021,000. The purchase
price paid by the Company for Tri-State was comprised of an upfront cash payment
of $350,000 at closing, and deferred payments on the first, second and third
anniversaries of the closing. These deferred payments will be satisfied through
a combination of cash and common stock of the Company, with the number of shares
issued based, in part, upon the then-current market price of the Company's
current stock. The deferred payments have been included in other liabilities at
their net present value.


                                      F-21


The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting
and, accordingly, the purchase price has been allocated to the assets acquired
and liabilities assumed based upon fair value at the date of acquisition,
including identifiable intangible assets of $243,000 and $60,000 representing
the fair value of the acquired book of business and executive employment
contracts, respectively. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of
the identifiable net assets acquired was $1,757,000 and has been recorded as
goodwill. In October 2003 and 2002, additional contingent payments were paid to
the sellers in the amount of $192,000 and $175,000, respectively, based on
targeted profits of the insurance agency, resulting in additional goodwill.

In January 2003, the Company acquired certain assets of another insurance
agency, primarily a book of business. The guaranteed purchase price was $56,000.
The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. In
2003, additional contingent payments were paid to the seller in the amount of
$75,000 based on targeted goals. The total purchase price of $131,000 has been
allocated to amortizable intangible assets.


NOTE 3 - SEGMENT REPORTING


Segment information for 2003 and 2002 is as follows:



                                Year Ended December 31, 2003                       Year Ended December 31, 2002

                                 Banking and     Insurance                   Banking and     Insurance
                                  Financial       Services         Total      Financial       Services        Total
                                   Services                                   Services
                                (In Thousands)                                   (In
                                                                              Thousands)
                                                                                         
Net interest income from        $      7,911   $         --   $      7,911   $      7,324   $         --   $      7,324
external sources
Other income from external             2,040          2,063          4,103          1,603          1,689          3,292
sources
Depreciation and amortization            593             79            672            648             47            695
Income before income taxes             1,813            133          1,946          1,602             80          1,682
Income tax expense                       452             53            505            494             32            526
Total assets                         237,617          3,000        240,617        223,351          2,553        225,904



NOTE 4 - SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

The amortized cost and approximate fair value of securities available for sale
as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 are summarized as follows:



                                                                          GROSS          GROSS
                                          AMORTIZED     UNREALIZED      UNREALIZED        FAIR
                                            COST          GAINS           LOSSES          VALUE
                                        ------------   ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                           
DECEMBER 31, 2003:
     U.S. Government agencies           $     14,651   $         54    $        (47)   $     14,658
     State and political subdivisions         21,214            506            (178)         21,542
     Mortgage-backed securities               35,056            179            (263)         34,972
     Corporate securities                      4,311            168              --           4,479
     Equity securities                           899             11             (16)            894
                                        ------------   ------------    ------------    ------------

                                        $     76,131   $        918    $       (504)   $     76,545
                                        ============   ============    ============    ============

DECEMBER 31, 2002:
     U.S. Government agencies           $     13,397   $        215    $         --    $     13,612
     State and political subdivisions         15,605            215             (35)         15,785
     Mortgage-backed securities               35,235            354             (35)         35,554
     Corporate securities                      6,648            238              --           6,886
     Equity securities                           898              6             (21)            883
                                        ------------   ------------    ------------    ------------

                                        $     71,783   $      1,028    $        (91)   $     72,720
                                        ============   ============    ============    ============


                                      F-22


The following table shows the Company's investments' gross unrealized losses and
fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual
securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31,
2003.



                                 LESS THAN 12 MONTHS          12 MONTHS OR MORE                  TOTAL
                             -------------------------    -------------------------    -------------------------
                                FAIR        UNREALIZED       FAIR        UNREALIZED       FAIR        UNREALIZED
                                VALUE         LOSSES         VALUE         LOSSES         VALUE          LOSSES
                             -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                   
U.S. Government agencies     $     5,465   $       (47)   $        --   $        --    $     5,465   $       (47)
State and political
     subdivisions                  7,422          (178)            --            --          7,422          (178)
Mortgage-backed securities        16,621          (260)           235            (3)        16,856          (263)
Equity securities                     --            --            833           (16)           833           (16)
                             -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------

       TOTAL TEMPORARILY
           IMPAIRED
           SECURITIES        $    29,508   $      (485)   $     1,068   $       (19)   $    30,576   $      (504)
                             ===========   ===========    ===========   ===========    ===========   ===========



Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on
a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant
such evaluation. Consideration is given to (1) the length of time and the extent
to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and
near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the company
to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow
for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

At December 31, 2003, the Company has 51 securities in an unrealized loss
position. Unrealized losses detailed above relate primarily to U.S. Government
agency debt and mortgage-backed securities and municipal debt securities. The
decline in fair value is due only to interest rate fluctuations. As the company
has the intent and ability to hold such investments until maturity or market
price recovery, no securities are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired.
None of the individual unrealized losses are significant.


The amortized cost and carrying value of securities available for sale at
December 31, 2003 are shown below by contractual maturity. Actual maturities may
differ from contractual maturities as issuers may have the right to call or
prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

                                                 AMORTIZED        FAIR
                                                    COST          VALUE
                                                ------------   ------------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)

       Due in one year or less                  $      4,010   $      4,069
       Due after one year through five years          13,925         14,045
       Due after five years through ten years          4,647          4,737
       Due after ten years                            17,594         17,828
                                                ------------   ------------

                                                      40,176         40,679
       Mortgage-backed securities                     35,056         34,972
       Equity securities                                 899            894
                                                ------------   ------------

                                                $     76,131   $     76,545
                                                ============   ============


                                      F-23


Gross gains on sales of securities were $133,000 and gross losses were $-0- for
the year ended December 31, 2003. There were no sales of securities in the year
ended December 31, 2002.

Securities with a carrying value of approximately $12,432,000 and $12,458,000 at
December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits
and for other purposes required or permitted by applicable laws and regulations.


NOTE 5 - LOANS RECEIVABLE

The composition of net loans receivable at December 31, 2003 and 2002 is as
follows:



                                                                         2003          2002
                                                                    -----------    -----------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                             
       Loans secured by one to four family residential properties   $    46,587    $    49,517
       Loans secured by nonresidential properties                        59,182         41,035
       Loans secured by construction and land development                 8,656          8,310
       Loans secured by farmland                                          5,827            774
       Commercial and industrial loans                                   12,392         10,985
       Consumer                                                           1,430          2,189
       Other loans                                                          287            561
                                                                    -----------    -----------

                                                                        134,361        113,371
       Unearned loan origination costs, net                                  13             84
       Allowance for loan losses                                         (1,734)        (1,386)
                                                                    -----------    -----------

              NET LOANS RECEIVABLE                                  $   132,640    $   112,069
                                                                    ===========    ===========


Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying balance
sheets. The total amount of loans serviced for the benefit of others was
approximately $4,104,000 and $3,585,000 at December 31, 2003 and 2002,
respectively.


NOTE 6 - ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

The following table presents changes in the allowance for loan losses for the
years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002:

                                                 2003             2002
                                             ------------    ------------
                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)

            Balance, beginning               $      1,386    $      1,143
                 Provision for loan losses            405             300
                 Loans charged off                    (62)            (59)
                 Recoveries                             5               2
                                             ------------    ------------

            Balance, ending                  $      1,734    $      1,386
                                             ============    ============



                                      F-24


Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued or reduced amounted
to approximately $1,177,000 and $1,258,000 at December 31, 2003 and 2002,
respectively. Loan balances past due 90 days or more and still accruing
interest, but which management expects will eventually be paid in full, amounted
to $-0- and $36,000 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

The total recorded investment in impaired loans was $1,897,000 and $1,148,000 at
December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Impaired loans not requiring an
allowance for loan losses was $969,000 and $476,000 at December 31, 2003 and
2002, respectively. Impaired loans requiring an allowance for loan losses was
$928,000 and $672,000 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. At December
31, 2003 and 2002, the related allowance for loan losses associated with those
loans was $244,000 and $211,000, respectively. For the years ended December 31,
2003 and 2002, the average recorded investment in impaired loans was $1,255,000
and $1,384,000, respectively. Interest income recognized on such loans during
the time each was impaired was $33,000 and $26,000, respectively. The Company
recognizes income on impaired loans under the cash basis when the collateral on
the loan is sufficient to cover the outstanding obligation to the Company. If
these factors do not exist, the Company will record all payments as a reduction
of principal on such loans.


NOTE 7 - BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

The components of bank premises and equipment at December 31, 2003 and 2002 are
as follows:

                                                     2003            2002
                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)

            Land                                 $        577    $        577
            Building and building improvements          4,253           4,243
            Leasehold improvements                         95              96
            Furniture, fixtures and equipment           4,267           3,918
            Assets in progress                            182              42
                                                 ------------    ------------

                                                        9,374           8,876
            Accumulated depreciation                   (4,724)         (4,242)
                                                 ------------    ------------

                                                 $      4,650    $      4,634
                                                 ============    ============

During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, depreciation expense totaled
$510,000 and $564,000, respectively.

As of December 31, 2003, the Company has outstanding commitments of
approximately $735,000 for computer upgrades and branch construction and
renovations.

NOTE 8 - DEPOSITS

The components of deposits at December 31, 2003 and 2002 are as follows:



                                                            2003           2002
                                                        ------------   ------------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                 
            Demand, non-interest bearing                $     31,715   $     26,514
            Savings, club and interest-bearing demand        119,461        110,729
            Time, $100,000 and over                           12,021          9,145
            Time, other                                       44,460         43,470
                                                        ------------   ------------

                                                        $    207,657   $    189,858
                                                        ============   ============



                                      F-25


At December 31, 2003 and 2002, time deposits included $3,177,000 and $3,102,000,
respectively, owned by local municipalities scheduled to mature within 30 days.


At December 31, 2003, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows
(in thousands):

                   2004                                           $40,325
                   2005                                            10,467
                   2006                                             3,032
                   2007                                               971
                   2008                                             1,316
                   Thereafter                                         370
                                                              ------------
                                                                  $56,481
                                                              ============

NOTE 9 - BORROWINGS

At December 31, 2003, the Bank has a line of credit commitment from the Federal
Home Loan Bank of New York for borrowings up to $22,584,000. There were no
borrowings under this line of credit at December 31, 2003.

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Bank had the following borrowings from the
Federal Home Loan Bank:



                                                                BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31,
                             INITIAL            INTEREST      --------------------------
    MATURITY DATE        CONVERSION DATE          RATE            2003           2002
--------------------- --------------------   --------------   -----------    -----------
                                                                 
January 27, 2003               N/A                 1.96%      $        --      1,000,000
April 25, 2003                 N/A                 2.03%               --      1,000,000
July 25, 2003                  N/A                 2.23%               --      1,000,000
October 27, 2003               N/A                 2.43%               --      1,000,000
July 26, 2004                  N/A                 3.01%        1,000,000      1,000,000
December 21, 2010       December 21, 2001          4.77%        3,000,000      3,000,000
December 21, 2010       December 21, 2002          4.90%        3,000,000      3,000,000
December 21, 2010       December 21, 2003          5.14%        4,000,000      4,000,000
                                                              -----------    ------------

                                                              $11,000,000    $15,000,000
                                                              ===========    ============


The above three convertible notes contain a convertible option which allows the
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), at quarterly intervals commencing after each
initial conversion date, to convert the fixed convertible advance into
replacement funding for the same or lesser principal amount based on any advance
then offered by the FHLB at their current market rates. The Bank has the option
to repay these advances, if converted, without penalty.

At December 31, 2003, the above borrowings are secured by a pledge of qualifying
one-to-four family mortgage loans and selected investment securities, having an
aggregate unpaid principal balance of approximately $18,510,000 of which the
Bank has borrowing capacity of 75%.


NOTE 10 - MANDATORY REDEEMABLE CAPITAL DEBENTURES

On July 11, 2002, Sussex Capital Trust I, a Delaware statutory business trust
and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, issued $5 million of variable rate
capital trust pass-through securities to investors. The variable interest rate
reprices quarterly at the three month LIBOR plus 3.65% and was 4.80% and 5.43%
at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Sussex Capital Trust I purchased


                                      F-26


$5.0 million of variable rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
from Sussex Bancorp. The debentures are the sole asset of the Trust. The terms
of the junior subordinated debentures are the same as the terms of the capital
securities. Sussex Bancorp has also fully and unconditionally guaranteed the
obligations of the Trust under the capital securities. The capital securities
are redeemable by Sussex Bancorp on or after October 7, 2007, at par or earlier
if the deduction of related interest for federal income taxes is prohibited,
classification as Tier 1 Capital is no longer allowed, or certain other
contingencies arise. The capital securities must be redeemed upon final maturity
of the subordinated debentures on October 7, 2032. Proceeds totaling
approximately $4.8 million were contributed to paid-in capital at Sussex Bank.
Financing costs related to the Company's issuance of mandatory redeemable
capital debentures will be amortized over a five-year period and is included in
other assets.


NOTE 11 - LEASE COMMITMENTS AND TOTAL RENTAL EXPENSE

The Company has operating lease agreements expiring in various years through
2020. The Company has the option to extend the lease agreements for additional
lease terms. In December 2003, the Company entered into a five-year operating
lease agreement for administration and operations office space which will
commence January 2004. The Bank is responsible to pay all real estate taxes,
insurance, utilities and maintenance and repairs on its leased facilities.

Included in other income for the year ended December 31, 2002 is a $160,000
contract settlement related to a land lease of a branch facility.

Future minimum lease payments by year are as follows (in thousands):

                   2004                                        $236
                   2005                                         216
                   2006                                         183
                   2007                                          91
                   2008                                          86
                   Thereafter                                   132
                                                        ------------
                                                               $944
                                                        ============

Rent expense was $175,000 and $171,000 for the years ended December 31, 2003 and
2002, respectively.

In addition, the Company has plans to increase the leased space for the
insurance agency. If the additional space is leased, rent expense will increase
$67,000 per year for a ten year term.


NOTE 12 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company has a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust for its employees.
Employees may contribute up to the statutory limit or 75% of their salary to the
Plan. The Company provides a 50% match of the employee's contribution up to 6%
of the employee's annual salary. The amount charged to expense related to this
Plan for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 was $89,000 and $66,000,
respectively.

The Company also has a nonqualified Supplemental Salary Continuation Plan for an
executive officer. Under the provisions of the Plan, the Company has executed
agreements providing the officer a retirement benefit. The Plan is funded by
life insurance carried on the life of the participant. For the years ended
December 31, 2003 and 2002, $143,000 and $118,000, respectively, was charged to
expense in connection with this Plan. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Bank
had an investment in life insurance of $1,195,000 and $1,146,000, respectively,
related to this Plan which is included in other assets. Earnings on the
investment in life insurance were $49,000 and $55,000 for the years ended
December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

The Company has an Employee Stock Ownership Plan for the benefit of all
employees who meet the eligibility requirements set forth in the Plan. The
amount of employer contributions to the Plan is at the discretion of the Board


                                      F-27


of Directors. The contributions charged to expense for both the years ended
December 31, 2003 and 2002 were $25,000. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, 40,084
and 35,072 shares, respectively, of the Company's common stock were held in the
Plan. In the event a terminated Plan participant desires to sell his or her
shares of the Company's stock, or for certain employees who elect to diversify
their account balances, the Company may be required to purchase the shares from
the participant at their fair market value.


NOTE 13 - COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains
and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and
liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available for sale
securities, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the
balance sheet, such items, along with net income, are components of
comprehensive income.

The components of other comprehensive income and related tax effects for the
years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 are as follows:



                                                                      2003          2002
                                                                   ----------    ----------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)

                                                                           
      Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities   $     (390)   $      735
      Less reclassification adjustment for gains included in net
           income                                                         133            --
                                                                   ----------    ----------
             NET UNREALIZED GAINS (LOSSES)                               (523)          735

      Tax effect                                                         (209)          296
                                                                   ----------    ----------
             NET OF TAX AMOUNT                                     $     (314)   $      439
                                                                   ==========    ==========


NOTE 14 - EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table sets forth the computations of basic and diluted earnings
per share (as adjusted for the 5% stock dividend declared in 2003):



                                                              INCOME             SHARES          PER SHARE
                                                            (NUMERATOR)       (DENOMINATOR)        AMOUNT
                                                           -------------      ------------      ------------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
                                                                                           
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003:
     Basic earnings per share:
         Net income applicable to common stockholders      $      1,441              1,790      $       0.80
                                                                                                ============
     Effect of dilutive securities:
         Stock options                                               --                 37
         Deferred common stock payments for purchase
              of insurance agency                                     6                 32
                                                           -------------      ------------
     Diluted earnings per share:
         Net income applicable to common stockholders
         and assumed conversions                           $      1,447              1,859             $0.78
                                                           =============      ============      ============



                                      F-28




                                                                                              
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002:
     Basic earnings per share:
         Net income applicable to common stockholders             $      1,156              1,748      $      $0.66
                                                                                                       ============
     Effect of dilutive securities:
         Stock options                                                      --                 19
         Deferred common stock payments for purchase of
              insurance agency                                              10                 54
                                                                  -------------      ------------
     Diluted earnings per share:
         Net income applicable to common stockholders and
     assumed conversions                                          $      1,166              1,821      $       0.64
                                                                  =============      ============      ============


NOTE 15 - STOCK OPTION PLANS

The following data have been adjusted to give retroactive effect to stock
dividends declared subsequent to option authorizations, grants and exercises.

During 1995, the stockholders approved a stock option plan for nonemployee
directors (the "Director Plan"). Options granted under the Plan are
non-qualified stock options. As of December 31, 2003, there were 2,344
authorized shares of the Company's common stock to be granted. The option price
under each grant shall not be less than the fair market value on the date of the
grant. Options are exercisable in their entirety six months after the date of
the grant and expire after ten years. As of December 31, 2003, 44,732 options
were outstanding under this plan.

During 1995, the stockholders approved an incentive stock option plan for
executives of the Company (the "Executive Plan"). The options granted under the
Plan are incentive stock options, subject to limitations under Section 422 of
the Internal Revenue Code. As of December 31, 2003, there were 51,164 authorized
shares of the Company's common stock to be granted. Executive Plan options are
granted at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors. The option price under
each grant shall not be less than the fair market value on the date of grant.
The Company may establish a vesting schedule that must be satisfied before the
options may be exercised, but not within six months after the date of grant. The
options may have a term not longer than ten years from the date of grant. As of
December 31, 2003, 89,020 options were outstanding under this plan.

During 2001, the stockholders approved the 2001 Stock Option Plan established to
provide equity incentives to selected persons. As of December 31, 2003, there
were 98,175 authorized shares of the Company's common stock to be granted.
Options may be granted to employees, officers and directors of the Company or
subsidiary. Options granted under the Plan may be either incentive stock options
or non-qualified stock options as designated at the time of grant. The shares
granted under the Plan to directors are non-qualified stock options. The shares
granted under the Plan to officers and other employees are incentive stock
options and are subject to limitations under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue
Code. The option price under each grant shall not be less than the fair market
value on the date of the grant. The Company may establish a vesting schedule
that must be satisfied before the options may be exercised, but not within six
months after the date of grant. As of December 31, 2003, 74,025 options were
outstanding under this Plan.


                                      F-29


Transactions under all stock option plans are summarized as follows as adjusted
for the 5% stock dividend:




                                                                                WEIGHTED
                                                            RANGE OF            AVERAGE
                                                            EXERCISE            EXERCISE
                                        NUMBER OF          PRICE PER           PRICE PER
                                         SHARES              SHARE               SHARE
                                      ------------       ---------------      ------------
                                                                     
Outstanding, December 31, 2001              74,447       $4.84 - $10.63       $       7.46
     Options granted                        26,854        9.95 -  10.43              10.12
     Options exercised                      (6,954)       4.84 -   9.76               7.01
     Options expired                        (2,104)       7.98 -   9.39               8.94
                                      ------------       ---------------      ------------
Outstanding, December 31, 2002              92,243        4.84 -   10.63              8.17
     Options granted                       123,121        9.91 -   13.70             11.54
     Options exercised                      (7,587)       4.84 -   10.00              5.60
                                      ------------       ---------------      ------------
Outstanding December 31, 2003              207,777       $4.84 -  $13.70      $      10.27
                                      ============       ===============      ============
Exercisable, December 31, 2002              71,169       $4.84 -  $10.63      $       7.70
                                      ============       ===============      ============
Exercisable, December 31, 2003              96,199       $4.84 -  $10.63      $       8.61
                                      ============       ===============      ============



The weighted-average remaining contractual life of the above options is
approximately 10.2 years.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at
December 31, 2003:

        EXERCISE         NUMBER             REMAINING             NUMBER
          PRICE       OUTSTANDING       CONTRACTUAL LIFE        EXERCISABLE
      ------------- ---------------  ----------------------  ------------------
         $  4.84         22,130             1.8 years                22,130
            7.69          2,481             6.8 years                 2,481
            7.87          3,374             2.8 years                 3,374
            8.09          2,821             1.1 years                 2,116
            8.14          2,205             3.8 years                 2,205
            9.68          4,410             4.8 years                 4,410
            9.76          9,450             7.8 years                 9,450
            9.90         51,124             9.1 years                12,781
            9.95         17,404             8.1 years                 8,702
           10.00          7,695             2.1 years                 3,848
           10.05          9,450             9.8 years                 9,450
           10.05          9,976             9.1 years                 2,494
           10.43          9,450             8.8 years                 9,450
           10.63          3,307             5.8 years                 3,308
           13.70         52,500            19.5 years                     -
                    ---------------                          ------------------
                        207,777                                      96,199
                    ===============                          ==================


                                      F-30


NOTE 16 - INCOME TAXES

The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2003 and
2002 are as follows:

                                   2003            2002
                               ------------    ------------
                                     (IN THOUSANDS)

      Current:
           Federal             $        509    $        523
           State                        199             173
                               ------------    ------------

                                        708             696
                               ------------    ------------

      Deferred:
           Federal                     (154)           (129)
           State                        (49)            (41)
                               ------------    ------------

                                       (203)           (170)
                               ------------    ------------

                               $        505    $        526
                               ============    ============

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax at a rate of 34% to the
income tax expense included in the statements of income for the years ended
December 31, 2003 and 2002 is as follows:



                                                        2003                              2002
                                             ----------------------------    -------------------------------
                                                                 % OF                            % OF
                                                                PRE-TAX                         PRE-TAX
                                               AMOUNT           INCOME          AMOUNT          INCOME
                                             ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                          (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                 
      Federal income tax at statutory rate   $        662            34 %    $        572            34 %
      Tax exempt interest                            (234)            (12)           (152)             (9)
      State income tax, net of federal
           income tax effect                           99               5              87               5
      Other                                           (22)             (1)             19               1
                                             ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------

                                             $        505            26 %    $        526            31 %
                                             ============    ============    ============    ============


The income tax provision includes $53,000 and $-0- in 2003 and 2002,
respectively, of income tax expense related to net gains on sales of securities.


                                      F-31


NOTE 16 - INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

The components of the net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2003 and 2002 are
as follows:



                                                                    2003              2002
                                                               --------------    --------------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                           
      Deferred tax assets:
           Allowance for loan losses                           $          692    $          554
           Deferred compensation                                          158               101
           Other                                                           95                86
                                                               --------------    --------------
             TOTAL DEFERRED TAX ASSETS                                    945               741
                                                               --------------    --------------
      Deferred tax liabilities:
           Bank premises and equipment                                   (106)             (105)
           Unrealized gains on securities available for sale             (166)             (375)
                                                               --------------    --------------
             TOTAL DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES                              (272)             (480)
                                                               --------------    --------------
             NET DEFERRED TAX ASSET                            $          673    $          261
                                                               ==============    ==============


NOTE  17  -  TRANSACTIONS  WITH  EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS,  DIRECTORS  AND  PRINCIPAL
STOCKHOLDERS

The Company has had, and may be expected to have in the future, banking
transactions in the ordinary course of business with its executive officers,
directors, principal stockholders, their immediate families and affiliated
companies (commonly referred to as related parties), on the same terms,
including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for
comparable transactions with others. The related party loan activity for the
year ended December 31, 2003 is summarized as follows (in thousands):

                   Balance, beginning                        $3,798
                        Disbursements                         1,688
                        Repayments                           (1,986)
                                                        ------------
                   Balance, ending                           $3,500
                                                        ============


Certain related parties of the Company provided legal, tax accounting, real
estate appraisal and construction services to the Company. Such services totaled
$27,000 during both 2003 and 2002. The Company also paid rent to a related party
for a branch location in the amount of $22,000 for both 2003 and 2002.



NOTE 18 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in
the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.
These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and letters of
credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk
in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet.

The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is
represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the
same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it
does for on-balance sheet instruments.


                                      F-32


A summary of the Company's financial instrument commitments at December 31, 2003
and 2002 is as follows:



                                                             2003                 2002
                                                          ----------           -----------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                          
          Commitments to grant loans                       $  6,211             $  3,379
          Unfunded commitments under lines of credit         26,893               18,828
          Outstanding standby letters of credit               1,002                  597


Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as
there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Since many
of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total
commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses
and may require payment of a fee. The Company evaluates each customer's credit
worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed
necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management's
credit evaluation. Collateral held varies but may include personal or commercial
real estate, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment.

Outstanding letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by the
Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The
Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other
party to the financial instrument for standby letters of credit is represented
by the contractual amount of those instruments. These standby letters of credit
expire within the next twelve months. The credit risk involved in issuing
letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending other
loan commitments. The Company requires collateral and personal guarantees
supporting these letters of credit as deemed necessary. Management believes that
the proceeds obtained through a liquidation of such collateral and enforcement
of personal guarantees would be sufficient to cover the maximum potential amount
of future payments required under the corresponding guarantees. The current
amount of the liability as of December 31, 2003 for guarantees under standby
letters of credit issued is not material.


NOTE 19 - CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

The Company grants commercial, residential and consumer loans to customers
primarily located in Sussex County and adjacent counties in the states of
Pennsylvania, New Jersey and New York. The concentration of credit by type of
loan is set forth in Note 5. Although the Company has a diversified loan
portfolio, its debtors' ability to honor their contracts is influenced by the
region's economy.


NOTE 20 - REGULATORY MATTERS

The Company is required to maintain cash reserve balances with the Federal
Reserve Bank. The total of those reserve balances was approximately $4,441,000
at December 31, 2003.

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements
administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet the minimum
capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional
discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct
material effect on the Company's financial statements. Under capital adequacy
guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the
Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve
quantitative measures of the Company's assets, liabilities and certain
off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The
Company's and the Bank's capital amounts and classification are also subject to
qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk-weightings and
other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set
forth below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to
risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Management
believes, as of December 31, 2003, that the Company and the Bank meet all
capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.


                                      F-33


As of December 31, 2003, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the
regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or
events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank's
category.

The Company's and the Bank's actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31,
2003 and 2002 are presented below:



                                                                                                            TO BE WELL
                                                                                                         CAPITALIZED UNDER
                                                                            FOR CAPITAL ADEQUACY         PROMPT CORRECTIVE
                                                          ACTUAL                  PURPOSES               ACTION PROVISIONS
                                                 -----------------------   -----------------------   ------------------------
                                                   AMOUNT        RATIO       AMOUNT        RATIO       AMOUNT        RATIO
                                                 ----------     --------   ----------     --------   ----------   -----------
                                                                     (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                                
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2003:
     Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):
         Company                                 $   18,682        12.37%  $   12,086*        8.00%*        N/A          N/A
         Bank                                        18,253        12.11       12,063*        8.00*  $   15,078*       10.00%*
     Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):
         Company                                     16,832        11.14        6,043*        4.00*         N/A          N/A
         Bank                                        16,519        10.96        6,031*        4.00*       9,047*        6.00*
     Tier 1 capital (to average assets):
         Company                                     16,832         7.15        9,416*        4.00*         N/A          N/A
         Bank                                        16,519         7.02        9,411*        4.00*      11,764*        5.00*

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2002:
     Total capital (to risk-weighted
         assets):
         Company                                 $   16,951        13.36%  $   10,147*        8.00%*        N/A          N/A
         Bank                                        16,595        13.12       10,117*        8.00*  $   12,646*       10.00%*
     Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):
         Company                                     14,935        11.77        5,074*        4.00*         N/A          N/A
         Bank                                        15,209        12.03        5,058*        4.00*       7,588*        6.00*
     Tier 1 capital (to average assets):
         Company                                     14,935         6.66        8,976*        4.00*         N/A          N/A
         Bank                                        15,209         6.78        8,968*        4.00*      11,210*        5.00*

* Equal to or less than.


The Bank is subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends that it
may declare due to regulatory considerations. The State of New Jersey banking
laws specify that no dividend shall be paid by the Bank on its capital stock
unless, following the payment of each such dividend, the capital stock of the
Bank will be unimpaired and the Bank will have a surplus of not less than 50% of
its capital stock or, if not, the payment of such dividend will not reduce the
surplus of the Bank.


At December 31, 2003, the Bank's funds available for the payment of dividends
was $11,724,000. Accordingly, $7,503,000 of the Company's equity in the net
assets of the Bank was restricted at December 31, 2003. In addition, dividends
paid by the Bank to the Company would be prohibited if the effect thereof would
cause the Bank's capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital
requirements.


NOTE 21 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Management uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of the Company's
financial instruments; however, there are inherent weaknesses in any estimation
technique. Therefore, for substantially all financial instruments, the fair
value estimates herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company
could have realized in a sales transaction on the dates indicated. The estimated
fair value amounts have been measured as of their respective year ends, and have
not been re-evaluated or updated for purposes of these financial statements
subsequent to those respective dates. As such, the estimated fair values of
these financial instruments subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be
different than the amounts reported at each year end.


                                      F-34


The following information should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair
value of the entire Company since a fair value calculation is only provided for
a limited portion of the Company's assets and liabilities. Due to a wide range
of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the
estimates, comparisons between the Company's disclosures and those of other
companies may not be meaningful. The following methods and assumptions were used
to estimate the fair value of the Company's financial instruments at December
31, 2003 and 2002:

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

      The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents approximate fair value.

TIME DEPOSITS WITH OTHER BANKS

      The fair value of time deposits with other banks is estimated by
      discounting future cash flows using the current rates available for time
      deposits with similar remaining maturities.

SECURITIES AND FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK STOCK

      The fair values for securities are based on quoted market prices or dealer
      prices, if available. If quoted market prices or dealers prices are not
      available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices or dealer
      prices for similar securities. The Federal Home Loan Bank stock is
      restricted; accordingly, its carrying amount approximates its fair value.

LOANS


      THE FAIR VALUE OF LOANS IS ESTIMATED BY DISCOUNTING THE FUTURE CASH FLOWS,
      USING THE CURRENT RATES AT WHICH SIMILAR LOANS WITH SIMILAR REMAINING
      MATURITIES WOULD BE MADE TO BORROWERS WITH SIMILAR CREDIT RATINGS.
      DEPOSITS


      For demand, savings and club accounts, fair value is the carrying amount
      reported in the consolidated financial statements. For fixed-maturity
      certificates of deposit, fair value is estimated by discounting the future
      cash flows, using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar
      remaining maturities.

BORROWINGS AND MANDATORY REDEEMABLE CAPITAL DEBENTURES

      The fair values of these borrowings and debentures are estimated by
      discounting future cash flows, using rates currently available on
      borrowings with similar remaining maturities.

ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE AND ACCRUED INTEREST PAYABLE

      The carrying amounts of accrued interest receivable and payable
      approximate fair value.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET INSTRUMENTS

      The fair values of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of
      credit are estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into
      similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the
      agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For
      fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference
      between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair
      value of guarantees and letters of credit is based on fees currently
      charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them
      or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the
      reporting date.


The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments at December 31,
2003 and 2002 were as follows:



                                                         2003                           2002
                                               ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                  CARRYING        FAIR         CARRYING         FAIR
                                                   AMOUNT         VALUE         AMOUNT          VALUE
                                               ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                
Financial assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents                 $     15,496   $     15,496   $     26,096   $     26,096
     Time deposits with other banks                   3,500          3,500          3,600          3,600
     Securities available for sale                   76,545         76,545         72,720         72,720
     Federal Home Loan Bank stock                       760            760            750            750
     Loans receivable, net of allowance             132,640        133,293        112,069        113,428
     Accrued interest receivable                      1,241          1,241          1,144          1,144

Financial liabilities:
     Deposits                                       207,657        208,007        189,858        190,250
     Borrowings                                      11,000         12,014         15,000         15,097
     Mandatory redeemable capital debentures          5,000          5,059          5,000          5,067
     Accrued interest payable                           228            228            303            303

Off-balance sheet financial instruments:
     Commitments to extend credit                        --             --             --             --
     Outstanding letters of credit                       --             --             --             --



                                      F-35


NOTE 22 - PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Condensed financial statements of Sussex Bancorp (Parent Company only) follows:

BALANCE SHEETS



                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                          -------------------------------
                                                               2003             2002
                                                          --------------   --------------
                        ASSETS                                    (IN THOUSANDS)

                                                                     
      Cash                                                $          175   $           45
      Investment in subsidiaries                                  19,475           18,324
      Other assets                                                   311              376
                                                          --------------   --------------

             TOTAL ASSETS                                 $       19,961   $       18,745
                                                          ==============   ==============

                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
      Liabilities:
           Other liabilities                              $           57   $           65
           Junior subordinated debentures                          5,000            5,000
                                                          --------------   --------------

             TOTAL LIABILITIES                                     5,057            5,065

      Stockholders' Equity                                        14,904           13,680
                                                          --------------   --------------

             TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY   $       19,961   $       18,745
                                                          ==============   ==============



                                      F-36




                                                                              YEARS ENDED
                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
          STATEMENTS OF INCOME                                         2003               2002
                                                                  --------------    --------------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                              
      Dividends from banking subsidiary                           $          485    $          416
      Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures                    (248)             (132)
      Other expenses                                                         (88)              (23)
                                                                  --------------    --------------

             INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX BENEFIT AND EQUITY IN                  149               261
                 UNDISTRIBUTED NET INCOME OF BANKING SUBSIDIARY

      Income tax benefits                                                    134                62
                                                                  --------------    --------------

             INCOME BEFORE EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED NET                       283               323
                 INCOME OF BANKING SUBSIDIARY

      Equity in undistributed net income of banking subsidiary             1,158               833
                                                                  --------------    --------------

             NET INCOME                                           $        1,441    $        1,156
                                                                  ==============    ==============




                                                                                   YEARS ENDED
                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
          STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS                                             2003              2002
                                                                          --------------    --------------
                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)

      CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                                                                                      
           Net income                                                     $        1,441    $        1,156
           Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
               operating activities:
               Net change in other assets and liabilities                             57               111
               Equity in undistributed net income of banking subsidiary           (1,158)             (833)
                                                                          --------------    --------------

             NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES                               340               434
                                                                          --------------    --------------

      CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
           Cash dividends paid, net of reinvestments                                (228)             (298)
           Capital contribution to subsidiary                                         --            (5,255)
           Proceeds from the issuance of capital debentures                           --             5,000
           Purchase of treasury stock                                                (25)             (156)
           Proceeds from exercise of stock options                                    47                49
           Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares                                     (4)               --
                                                                          --------------    --------------

             NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                  (210)             (660)
                                                                          --------------    --------------

             NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                    130              (226)

      CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - BEGINNING OF YEAR                                   45               271
                                                                          --------------    --------------

      CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - END OF YEAR                             $          175    $           45
                                                                          ==============    ==============



                                      F-37





                              [OUTSIDE BACK COVER]

WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANY DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON TO GIVE YOU
WRITTEN INFORMATION OTHER THAN THIS PROSPECTUS OR TO MAKE REPRESENTATIONS AS TO
MATTERS NOT STATED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. YOU MUST NOT RELY ON UNAUTHORIZED
INFORMATION. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THOSE SECURITIES OR OUR
SOLICITATION OF YOUR OFFER TO BUY THE SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE THAT
WOULD NOT BE PERMITTED OR LEGAL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY
SALES MADE HEREUNDER AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL CREATE AN
IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN OR THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY
HAVE NOT CHANGED SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.


TABLE OF CONTENTS


Prospectus Summary
Summary Financial Data
Risk Factors
Forward-Looking Statements
Use of Proceeds
Market for the Common Stock                                    SUSSEX BANCORP
Capitalization
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
         Financial Condition and
         Results of Operations                               _________ Shares of
Supervision and Regulation                                     Common Stock
Management
Description of the Company's Securities
Underwriting                                                     PROSPECTUS
Legal Matters
Experts
Where You Can Get More Information                           _____________, 2004
Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements




                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED BY PROSPECTUS

ITEM 24. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Article VI of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides:

            Subject to the following, a director or officer of the Corporation
            shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its
            shareholders for damages for breach of any duty owed to the
            Corporation or its shareholders. The preceding sentence shall not
            relieve a director or officer from liability for any breach of duty
            based upon an act or omission (i) in breach of such person's duty of
            loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders, (ii) not in good
            faith or involving a knowing violation of law, or (iii) resulting in
            receipt by such person of an improper personal benefit. If the New
            Jersey Business Corporation Act is amended to authorize corporate
            action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of
            directors or officers, then the liability of a director or officer
            or both of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the
            fullest extent permitted by the New Jersey Business Corporation Act
            as so amended. Any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation,
            or change in law which authorizes this paragraph shall not adversely
            affect any then existing right or protection of a director or
            officer of the Corporation.

Article V of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides:

            The Corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors, employees
            and agents and former officers, directors, employees and agents, and
            any other persons serving at the request of the Corporation as an
            officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation,
            association, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise,
            against expenses (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and
            amounts paid in settlement) incurred in connection with any pending
            or threatened action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
            administrative or investigative, with respect to which such officer,
            director, employee, agent or other person is a party, or is
            threatened to be made a party, to the full extent permitted by the
            New Jersey Business Corporation Act. The indemnification provided
            herein (i) shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right to which
            any person seeking indemnification may be entitled under any by-law,
            agreement, or vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or
            otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as
            to action in any other capacity, and (ii) shall inure to the benefit
            of the heirs, executors, and the administrators of any such person.
            The Corporation shall have the power, but shall not be obligated, to
            purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person or persons
            enumerated above against any liability asserted against or incurred
            by them or any of them arising out of their status as corporate
            directors, officers, employees, or agents whether or not the
            Corporation would have the power to indemnify them against such
            liability under the provisions of this article.

            The Corporation shall, from time to time, reimburse or advance to
            any person referred to in this article the funds necessary for
            payment of expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred in
            connection with any action, suit or proceeding referred to in this
            article, upon receipt of a written undertaking by or on behalf of
            such person to repay such amount(s) if a judgment or other final
            adjudication adverse to the director or officer establishes that the
            director's or officer's acts or omissions (i) constitute a breach of
            the director's or officer's duty of loyalty to the corporation or
            its shareholders, (ii) were not in good faith, (iii) involved a
            knowing violation of law, (iv) resulted in the director or officer
            receiving an improper personal benefit, or (v) were otherwise of
            such a character that New Jersey law would require that such
            amount(s) be repaid.

ITEM 25. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

         Registration Fee.....................................2,186
         Underwriting Commission............................950,000
         Printing and Engraving Expenses.....................25,000
         Legal Fees and Expenses............................100,000
         Accounting Fees and Expenses........................50,000
         Blue Sky Fees and Expenses...........................5,000
         Miscellaneous........................................5,000
     -------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Total...................................1,137,186



ITEM 26. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

      In connection with the Company's acquisition of Tri-State effective
      October 1, 2001, the Company entered into employment agreements with each
      of Messrs. George B. Harper and George Lista. Under these agreements, each
      of Messrs. Harper and Lista is entitled to receive bonuses based upon the
      net pre-tax income of Tri-State for each twelve-month period commencing on
      the effective date of the acquisition. To the extent Tri-State's net
      pre-tax income exceeds certain designated targets contained in each
      employment agreement, each of Messrs. Harper and Lista will be entitled to
      receive a bonus equal to 25% of the amount by which the net pre-tax income
      of Tri-State exceeds the target. The bonus is to be paid in shares of the
      Company's common stock. The amount of stock to be issued will be
      determined by dividing the amount of the bonus by the fair market value of
      the Company's common stock, determined by taking the average closing price
      of the common stock for the fifteen trading days prior to issuance. For
      the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2003, Tri-State exceeded its
      targeted net pre-tax income, and each of Messrs. Harper and Lista received
      a bonus of 1,516 shares of the Company's common stock. The employment
      agreements with Messrs. Harper and Lista expire on September 30, 2006.

ITEM 27. INDEX TO EXHIBITS

      The following exhibits are filed with this Registration Statement:


      Exhibit
      Number             Description
      -------            -----------
      1.       Underwriting Agreement
      3.1      Certificate of Incorporation of Sussex Bancorp(24)
      3.2      Bylaws of Sussex Bancorp25
      4.1      Specimen Common Stock Certificate*
      5        Opinion of Windels Marx Lane & Mittendorf, LLP regarding the
               legality of the securities being registered*
      10.1     1995 Incentive Stock Option Plan26
      10.2     2001 Stock Option Plan27
      10.3     Amendment, dated January 7, 2004, to Employment Agreement dated
               September 15, 1999 with Donald L. Kovach28
      10.4     Employment Agreement with Terry Thompson dated January 23, 200329
      10.5     Employment Agreement with Tammy Case dated July 31, 2004
      10.6     Employment Agreement with George Lista dated September 28, 200430
      10.7     Employment Agreement with George B. Harper dated September 28,
               200431
      10.8     Employment Agreement between Sussex Bank and Samuel Chazanow 
               dated August 1, 200332
      10.9     Amendment, dated January 7, 2004, to Salary Continuation 
               Agreement dated March 15, 2002 with Donald L. Kovach33
      10.10    Salary Continuation Agreement dated January 8, 2004 with Terry
               Thompson*
      21       Subsidiaries of Sussex Bancorp*
      23       Consent of Beard Miller Company LLP
      24       Power of Attorney*

------------------------------------------------
24    Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit A of the Company's Definitive
      Proxy Statement on Form 14-A filed March 31, 1997 and Exhibit 99.4 of the
      Company's Form 8-B filed December 13, 1996.
25    Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.5 of the Company's Form 8-B
      filed December 13, 1996.
26    Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.6 of the Company's Form 8-B
      filed December 13, 1996.
27    Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit B of the Company's Definitive
      Proxy Statement on Form 14-A filed March 19, 2001.
28    Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Form
      10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2003.
29    Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Form
      10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2003.
30    Incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 10(a) of the  Company's  Form
      8-K filed October 4, 2001.
31    Incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 10(b) of the  Company's  Form
      8-K filed October 4, 2001.
32    Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Company's Form
      10-QSB for the period ended June 30, 2003.
33    Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Form
      10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2003.
*     Previously Filed





24   Power of Attorney*


ITEM 28.  UNDERTAKINGS

         The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

         (1) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
         of 1933, as amended, (the "Act"), the information omitted from the form
         of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance
         upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the
         Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or Rule 497(h) under the
         Act as part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was
         declared effective; and

         (2) for purposes of determining any liability under the Act, each
         post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be
         deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities
         offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
         be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.



                                   SIGNATURES


         In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
Sussex Bancorp certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe it meets all
the requirements for filing on Form SB-2 and has authorized this amendment to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of Franklin, State of New Jersey on November 15 6, 2004.


                                SUSSEX BANCORP                              
                                                                            
                                By:         /s/ Donald L. Kovach            
                                     -------------------------------------  
                                               DONALD L. KOVACH             
                                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER  
                                


In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
amendment has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the
dates stated.




         NAME                                     TITLE                                DATE
         ----                                     -----                                ----
                                                                          
 /s/ Donald L. Kovach       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director     November 15, 2004
 --------------------          (Chairman of the Board)
   DONALD L. KOVACH

 /s/ Candace Leatham        Executive Vice President (Principal Financial
 --------------------           and Accounting Officer)                         November 15, 2004
   CANDACE LEATHAM

  /s/ Irvin Ackerson        Director                                            November 15, 2004
 --------------------
    IRVIN ACKERSON

  /s/ Mark J. Hontz         Director                                            November 15, 2004
 --------------------
    MARK J. HONTZ

  /s/ Joel D. Marvil        Director                                            November 15, 2004
 --------------------

    JOEL D. MARVIL
/s/ Edward J. Leppert       Director                                            November 15, 2004
 --------------------

  EDWARD J. LEPPERT

  /s/ Richard Scott         Director                                            November 15, 2004
 --------------------

    RICHARD SCOTT

  /s/ Joseph Zitone         Director                                            November 15, 2004
 --------------------
    JOSEPH ZITONE

/s/ Terry H. Thompson       Director                                            November 15, 2004
 --------------------
  TERRY H. THOMPSON